Mercurial > vim
annotate src/syntax.c @ 2135:7aee5e68548a v7.2.417
updated for version 7.2.417
Problem: When 'shell' has an argument with a slash then 'shellpipe' is not
set properly. (Britton Kerin)
Solution: Assume there are no spaces in the path, arguments follow.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 13 May 2010 13:12:06 +0200 |
parents | b1706a94f9f9 |
children | 431ebc9412a8 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 /* | |
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group. | |
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in | |
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE. | |
20 */ | |
21 struct hl_group | |
22 { | |
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */ | |
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */ | |
25 /* for normal terminals */ | |
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */ | |
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */ | |
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */ | |
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */ | |
30 /* for color terminals */ | |
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */ | |
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */ | |
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */ | |
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */ | |
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */ | |
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
37 /* for when using the GUI */ | |
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */ | |
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */ | |
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */ | |
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */ | |
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */ | |
205 | 43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */ |
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */ | |
7 | 45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */ |
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */ | |
48 #endif | |
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */ | |
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */ | |
51 #endif | |
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */ | |
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */ | |
448 | 54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */ | |
56 #endif | |
7 | 57 }; |
58 | |
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */ | |
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */ | |
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */ | |
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */ | |
63 | |
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */ | |
65 | |
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data))) | |
67 | |
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
1322 | 69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */ |
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */ | |
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */ | |
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */ | |
7 | 73 #endif |
74 | |
75 /* | |
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the | |
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!). | |
78 */ | |
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) = | |
205 | 80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl", |
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"}; | |
7 | 82 static int hl_attr_table[] = |
205 | 83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0}; |
7 | 84 |
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep)); | |
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void)); | |
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx)); | |
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id)); | |
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name)); | |
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id)); | |
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link)); | |
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx)); | |
94 | |
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); | |
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip)); | |
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width)); | |
102 # endif | |
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); | |
104 #endif | |
105 | |
106 /* | |
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF. | |
108 */ | |
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1) | |
110 | |
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) | |
112 | |
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */ | |
114 | |
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */ | |
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */ | |
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */ | |
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */ | |
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */ | |
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */ | |
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */ | |
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */ | |
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7 | |
124 | |
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) = | |
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="}; | |
127 | |
128 /* | |
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern. | |
130 * A match item consists of one pattern. | |
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns. | |
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m | |
133 * end patterns. | |
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end. | |
135 * | |
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end) | |
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end). | |
138 */ | |
139 typedef struct syn_pattern | |
140 { | |
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */ | |
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */ | |
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */ | |
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */ | |
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */ | |
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */ | |
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */ | |
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */ | |
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */ | |
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */ | |
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */ | |
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */ | |
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */ | |
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */ | |
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */ | |
156 } synpat_T; | |
157 | |
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this: | |
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF) | |
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT)) | |
161 * When both are present, only one is used. | |
162 */ | |
163 | |
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */ | |
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */ | |
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */ | |
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */ | |
168 | |
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */ | |
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */ | |
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */ | |
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */ | |
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */ | |
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */ | |
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */ | |
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */ | |
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */ | |
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */ | |
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */ | |
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */ | |
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */ | |
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */ | |
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */ | |
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for | |
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */ | |
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */ | |
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */ | |
188 | |
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data)) | |
190 | |
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */ | |
192 | |
193 /* | |
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags: | |
195 */ | |
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */ | |
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */ | |
198 | |
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data)) | |
200 | |
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */ | |
202 | |
203 /* | |
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized. | |
205 */ | |
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */ | |
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */ | |
2020 | 209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparency removed */ |
7 | 210 #endif |
211 | |
221 | 212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S |
7 | 213 { |
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */ | |
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */ | |
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */ | |
221 | 217 } syn_cluster_T; |
7 | 218 |
219 /* | |
220 * Methods of combining two clusters | |
221 */ | |
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */ | |
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */ | |
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */ | |
225 | |
221 | 226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data)) |
7 | 227 |
228 /* | |
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types: | |
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups | |
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) | |
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID) | |
235 */ | |
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */ | |
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */ | |
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */ | |
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */ | |
240 | |
241 /* | |
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to | |
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so | |
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here. | |
245 */ | |
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep; | |
247 | |
248 /* | |
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d | |
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the | |
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file. | |
252 */ | |
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0; | |
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0; | |
255 | |
256 /* | |
134 | 257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry. |
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item. | |
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer. | |
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer. | |
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer. | |
262 */ | |
263 static keyentry_T dumkey; | |
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword) | |
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey))) | |
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key) | |
267 | |
268 /* | |
7 | 269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state |
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no | |
271 * "keepend" on the stack. | |
272 */ | |
273 static int keepend_level = -1; | |
274 | |
275 /* | |
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx. | |
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown. | |
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char) | |
279 */ | |
280 typedef struct state_item | |
281 { | |
1371 | 282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or |
283 KEYWORD_IDX */ | |
7 | 284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */ |
2020 | 285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparency removed */ |
7 | 286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */ |
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */ | |
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */ | |
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */ | |
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */ | |
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */ | |
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */ | |
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */ | |
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */ | |
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and | |
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */ | |
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */ | |
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */ | |
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start | |
300 * pattern */ | |
301 } stateitem_T; | |
302 | |
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */ | |
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all | |
305 but contained groups */ | |
306 | |
307 /* | |
154 | 308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used |
309 * very often. | |
310 */ | |
311 typedef struct | |
312 { | |
1222 | 313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */ |
154 | 314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */ |
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL | |
316 if not allowed */ | |
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */ | |
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */ | |
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */ | |
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */ | |
321 } syn_opt_arg_T; | |
322 | |
323 /* | |
7 | 324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered, |
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column. | |
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet. | |
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line. | |
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end) | |
329 */ | |
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */ | |
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */ | |
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */ | |
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */ | |
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */ | |
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */ | |
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */ | |
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */ | |
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */ | |
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL; | |
340 | |
341 /* | |
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a | |
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero. | |
344 */ | |
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0) | |
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0) | |
347 | |
348 /* | |
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine. | |
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid. | |
351 */ | |
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */ | |
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */ | |
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */ | |
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */ | |
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state | |
357 * after setting current_finished */ | |
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */ | |
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */ | |
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; | |
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */ | |
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */ | |
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */ | |
364 | |
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx] | |
366 | |
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid)); | |
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void)); | |
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline)); | |
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void)); | |
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void)); | |
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p)); | |
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
1512 | 375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void)); |
7 | 376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from)); |
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); | |
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing)); | |
1504 | 381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state)); |
7 | 382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap)); |
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si)); | |
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void)); | |
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx)); | |
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void)); | |
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force)); | |
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list)); | |
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained)); | |
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx)); | |
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
392 | |
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext)); | |
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p)); | |
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void)); | |
396 | |
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); | |
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); | |
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); | |
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); | |
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void)); | |
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)); | |
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si)); | |
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
419 | 405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); |
7 | 406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void)); |
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx)); | |
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); | |
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); | |
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing)); | |
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name)); | |
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void)); | |
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void)); | |
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only)); | |
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id)); | |
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr)); | |
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr)); | |
134 | 425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr)); |
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht)); | |
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht)); | |
7 | 428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list)); |
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end)); | |
154 | 430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt)); |
7 | 431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); |
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); | |
437 #else | |
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); | |
439 #endif | |
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len)); | |
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len)); | |
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void)); | |
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci)); | |
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); | |
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list)); | |
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op)); | |
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp)); | |
451 | |
452 /* | |
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called | |
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line. | |
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get | |
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and | |
457 * window. | |
458 */ | |
459 void | |
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum) | |
461 win_T *wp; | |
462 linenr_T lnum; | |
463 { | |
464 synstate_T *p; | |
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL; | |
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL; | |
1512 | 467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL; |
7 | 468 linenr_T parsed_lnum; |
469 linenr_T first_stored; | |
470 int dist; | |
26 | 471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */ |
7 | 472 |
473 /* | |
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state. | |
26 | 475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid |
476 * then. | |
7 | 477 */ |
26 | 478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick) |
7 | 479 { |
480 invalidate_current_state(); | |
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
482 } | |
26 | 483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick; |
7 | 484 syn_win = wp; |
485 | |
486 /* | |
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed. | |
488 */ | |
489 syn_stack_alloc(); | |
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) | |
410 | 491 return; /* out of memory */ |
7 | 492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick; |
493 | |
494 /* | |
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it. | |
496 */ | |
497 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) | |
498 && current_lnum < lnum | |
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
500 { | |
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
502 if (!current_state_stored) | |
503 { | |
504 ++current_lnum; | |
1512 | 505 (void)store_current_state(); |
7 | 506 } |
507 | |
508 /* | |
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current | |
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate | |
511 * current_state and figure it out below. | |
512 */ | |
513 if (current_lnum != lnum) | |
514 invalidate_current_state(); | |
515 } | |
516 else | |
517 invalidate_current_state(); | |
518 | |
519 /* | |
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[]. | |
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state. | |
522 */ | |
523 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
524 { | |
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */ | |
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
527 { | |
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) | |
529 break; | |
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0) | |
531 { | |
532 last_valid = p; | |
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines) | |
534 last_min_valid = p; | |
535 } | |
536 } | |
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL) | |
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid); | |
539 } | |
540 | |
541 /* | |
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to | |
543 * re-synchronize. | |
544 */ | |
545 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) | |
546 { | |
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid); | |
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines; | |
549 } | |
550 else | |
551 first_stored = current_lnum; | |
552 | |
553 /* | |
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line. | |
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on. | |
556 */ | |
819 | 557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows) |
558 dist = 999999; | |
559 else | |
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; | |
7 | 561 while (current_lnum < lnum) |
562 { | |
563 syn_start_line(); | |
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
565 ++current_lnum; | |
566 | |
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid | |
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */ | |
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored) | |
570 { | |
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is | |
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved | |
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */ | |
574 if (prev == NULL) | |
1512 | 575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1); |
576 if (prev == NULL) | |
7 | 577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first; |
578 else | |
1512 | 579 sp = prev; |
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum) | |
581 sp = sp->sst_next; | |
7 | 582 if (sp != NULL |
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum | |
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp)) | |
585 { | |
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum; | |
587 prev = sp; | |
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum) | |
589 { | |
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum) | |
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */ | |
592 prev = sp; | |
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0) | |
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */ | |
595 break; | |
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; | |
597 sp = sp->sst_next; | |
598 } | |
599 load_current_state(prev); | |
600 } | |
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line | |
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously | |
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */ | |
604 else if (prev == NULL | |
605 || current_lnum == lnum | |
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist) | |
1512 | 607 prev = store_current_state(); |
7 | 608 } |
609 | |
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current | |
611 * state will be wrong then. */ | |
612 line_breakcheck(); | |
613 if (got_int) | |
614 { | |
615 current_lnum = lnum; | |
616 break; | |
617 } | |
618 } | |
619 | |
620 syn_start_line(); | |
621 } | |
622 | |
623 /* | |
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we | |
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first. | |
626 */ | |
627 static void | |
628 clear_syn_state(p) | |
629 synstate_T *p; | |
630 { | |
631 int i; | |
632 garray_T *gap; | |
633 | |
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
635 { | |
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga); | |
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) | |
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch); | |
639 ga_clear(gap); | |
640 } | |
641 else | |
642 { | |
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++) | |
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch); | |
645 } | |
646 } | |
647 | |
648 /* | |
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack. | |
650 */ | |
651 static void | |
652 clear_current_state() | |
653 { | |
654 int i; | |
655 stateitem_T *sip; | |
656 | |
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data); | |
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++) | |
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch); | |
660 ga_clear(¤t_state); | |
661 } | |
662 | |
663 /* | |
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum". | |
665 * | |
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is | |
667 * used: | |
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment. | |
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. | |
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum". | |
671 */ | |
672 static void | |
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid) | |
674 win_T *wp; | |
675 linenr_T start_lnum; | |
676 synstate_T *last_valid; | |
677 { | |
678 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
679 win_T *curwin_save; | |
680 pos_T cursor_save; | |
681 int idx; | |
682 linenr_T lnum; | |
683 linenr_T end_lnum; | |
684 linenr_T break_lnum; | |
685 int had_sync_point; | |
686 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
687 synpat_T *spp; | |
688 char_u *line; | |
689 int found_flags = 0; | |
690 int found_match_idx = 0; | |
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0; | |
692 int found_current_col= 0; | |
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos; | |
442 | 694 colnr_T prev_current_col; |
7 | 695 |
696 /* | |
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around. | |
698 */ | |
699 invalidate_current_state(); | |
700 | |
701 /* | |
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is | |
703 * there. | |
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in | |
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines, | |
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small. | |
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM. | |
708 */ | |
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum) | |
710 start_lnum = 1; | |
711 else | |
712 { | |
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1) | |
714 lnum = 1; | |
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10) | |
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2; | |
717 else | |
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2; | |
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 | |
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; | |
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum) | |
723 start_lnum = 1; | |
724 else | |
725 start_lnum -= lnum; | |
726 } | |
727 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
728 | |
729 /* | |
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment. | |
731 */ | |
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) | |
733 { | |
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to | |
735 * use find_start_comment(). */ | |
736 curwin_save = curwin; | |
737 curwin = wp; | |
738 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
739 curbuf = syn_buf; | |
740 | |
741 /* | |
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash. | |
743 */ | |
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum) | |
745 { | |
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1); | |
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\') | |
748 break; | |
749 } | |
750 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
751 | |
752 /* set cursor to start of search */ | |
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor; | |
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
756 | |
757 /* | |
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that | |
759 * defines the comment. | |
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines. | |
761 */ | |
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL) | |
763 { | |
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id | |
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
767 { | |
768 validate_current_state(); | |
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK) | |
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
771 break; | |
772 } | |
773 } | |
774 | |
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */ | |
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
777 curwin = curwin_save; | |
778 curbuf = curbuf_save; | |
779 } | |
780 | |
781 /* | |
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. | |
783 */ | |
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH) | |
785 { | |
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 | |
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; | |
789 else | |
790 break_lnum = 0; | |
791 | |
699 | 792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0; |
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0; | |
7 | 794 end_lnum = start_lnum; |
795 lnum = start_lnum; | |
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum) | |
797 { | |
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */ | |
799 line_breakcheck(); | |
800 if (got_int) | |
801 { | |
802 invalidate_current_state(); | |
803 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
804 break; | |
805 } | |
806 | |
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */ | |
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum) | |
809 { | |
810 load_current_state(last_valid); | |
811 break; | |
812 } | |
813 | |
814 /* | |
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern. | |
816 */ | |
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1)) | |
818 continue; | |
819 | |
820 /* | |
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack | |
822 */ | |
823 validate_current_state(); | |
824 | |
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum) | |
826 { | |
827 syn_start_line(); | |
828 for (;;) | |
829 { | |
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE); | |
831 /* | |
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and | |
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line. | |
834 */ | |
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len) | |
836 { | |
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum) | |
839 { | |
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */ | |
841 current_lnum = end_lnum; | |
842 break; | |
843 } | |
1371 | 844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0) |
845 { | |
846 /* Cannot happen? */ | |
847 found_flags = 0; | |
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX; | |
849 } | |
850 else | |
851 { | |
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]); | |
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags; | |
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx; | |
855 } | |
7 | 856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum; |
857 found_current_col = current_col; | |
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; | |
859 /* | |
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length | |
861 * match). | |
862 */ | |
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum) | |
864 { | |
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; | |
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum) | |
868 break; | |
869 } | |
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col) | |
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
872 else | |
873 ++current_col; | |
874 | |
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for | |
442 | 876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be |
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */ | |
878 prev_current_col = current_col; | |
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) | |
880 ++current_col; | |
7 | 881 check_state_ends(); |
442 | 882 current_col = prev_current_col; |
7 | 883 } |
884 else | |
885 break; | |
886 } | |
887 } | |
888 | |
889 /* | |
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here. | |
891 */ | |
892 if (found_flags) | |
893 { | |
894 /* | |
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the | |
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the | |
897 * state stack empty. | |
898 */ | |
899 clear_current_state(); | |
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0 | |
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK) | |
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
903 | |
904 /* | |
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point | |
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at | |
907 * the next line. | |
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum. | |
909 */ | |
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) | |
911 { | |
912 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
913 { | |
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum; | |
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col; | |
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); | |
918 check_keepend(); | |
919 } | |
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; | |
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; | |
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
923 ++current_lnum; | |
924 } | |
925 else | |
926 current_lnum = start_lnum; | |
927 | |
928 break; | |
929 } | |
930 | |
931 end_lnum = lnum; | |
932 invalidate_current_state(); | |
933 } | |
934 | |
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */ | |
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum) | |
937 { | |
938 invalidate_current_state(); | |
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1; | |
940 } | |
941 } | |
942 | |
943 validate_current_state(); | |
944 } | |
945 | |
946 /* | |
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum". | |
948 */ | |
949 static int | |
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum) | |
951 linenr_T lnum; | |
952 { | |
953 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
954 | |
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL) | |
956 { | |
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic; | |
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog; | |
959 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0); | |
960 } | |
961 return FALSE; | |
962 } | |
963 | |
964 /* | |
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line. | |
966 */ | |
967 static void | |
968 syn_start_line() | |
969 { | |
970 current_finished = FALSE; | |
971 current_col = 0; | |
972 | |
973 /* | |
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the | |
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend". | |
976 */ | |
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) | |
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE); | |
979 | |
980 next_match_idx = -1; | |
981 ++current_line_id; | |
982 } | |
983 | |
984 /* | |
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated. | |
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated. | |
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated. | |
988 */ | |
989 static void | |
990 syn_update_ends(startofline) | |
991 int startofline; | |
992 { | |
993 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
994 int i; | |
991 | 995 int seen_keepend; |
7 | 996 |
997 if (startofline) | |
998 { | |
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a | |
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */ | |
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
1002 { | |
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type | |
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH | |
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum) | |
1008 { | |
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT; | |
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0; | |
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; | |
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
1014 } | |
1015 } | |
1016 } | |
1017 | |
1018 /* | |
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the | |
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may | |
991 | 1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend" |
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions | |
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended | |
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions. | |
7 | 1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0. |
1026 */ | |
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1; | |
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0) | |
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i) | |
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
1031 break; | |
991 | 1032 |
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE; | |
7 | 1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) |
1035 { | |
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) | |
991 | 1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline) |
7 | 1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline)) |
1040 { | |
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */ | |
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1043 | |
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT)) | |
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline); | |
991 | 1046 |
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) | |
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE; | |
7 | 1049 } |
1050 } | |
1051 check_keepend(); | |
1052 check_state_ends(); | |
1053 } | |
1054 | |
1055 /**************************************** | |
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache. | |
1057 */ | |
1058 | |
1059 /* | |
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE | |
1061 * | |
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some | |
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point. | |
1064 * | |
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of | |
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next. | |
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2 | |
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack). | |
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid | |
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often. | |
1071 * | |
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling | |
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call | |
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached | |
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed, | |
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line | |
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum | |
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change | |
1079 * the cached entry. | |
1080 * | |
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed | |
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the | |
1083 * start of the line is needed. | |
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These | |
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between | |
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers | |
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed | |
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed. | |
1089 */ | |
1090 | |
1091 /* | |
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf". | |
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere. | |
1094 */ | |
1095 void | |
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf) | |
1097 buf_T *buf; | |
1098 { | |
1099 synstate_T *p; | |
1100 win_T *wp; | |
1101 | |
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1103 { | |
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
1105 clear_syn_state(p); | |
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array); | |
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL; | |
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0; | |
1109 } | |
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */ | |
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
1113 { | |
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)) | |
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp); | |
1116 } | |
1117 #endif | |
1118 } | |
1119 | |
1120 /* | |
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed. | |
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too | |
1123 * small, reallocate it. | |
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time. | |
1125 */ | |
1126 static void | |
1127 syn_stack_alloc() | |
1128 { | |
1129 long len; | |
1130 synstate_T *to, *from; | |
1131 synstate_T *sstp; | |
1132 | |
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; | |
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) | |
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; | |
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) | |
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; | |
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len) | |
1139 { | |
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */ | |
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; | |
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) | |
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; | |
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) | |
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; | |
1147 | |
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1149 { | |
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack. | |
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */ | |
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len | |
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup()) | |
1154 ; | |
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2) | |
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2; | |
1157 } | |
1158 | |
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T))); | |
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
1161 return; | |
1162 | |
1163 to = sstp - 1; | |
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) | |
1165 { | |
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */ | |
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL; | |
1168 from = from->sst_next) | |
1169 { | |
1170 ++to; | |
1171 *to = *from; | |
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1; | |
1173 } | |
1174 } | |
1175 if (to != sstp - 1) | |
1176 { | |
1177 to->sst_next = NULL; | |
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp; | |
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1; | |
1180 } | |
1181 else | |
1182 { | |
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL; | |
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len; | |
1185 } | |
1186 | |
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */ | |
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1; | |
1189 while (++to < sstp + len) | |
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1; | |
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL; | |
1192 | |
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array); | |
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp; | |
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len; | |
1196 } | |
1197 } | |
1198 | |
1199 /* | |
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the | |
1201 * b_mod_* fields. | |
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each | |
1203 * displayed buffer. | |
1204 */ | |
1205 void | |
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf) | |
1207 buf_T *buf; | |
1208 { | |
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np; | |
1210 linenr_T n; | |
1211 | |
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
1213 return; | |
1214 | |
1215 prev = NULL; | |
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; ) | |
1217 { | |
383 | 1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top) |
7 | 1219 { |
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines; | |
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1222 { | |
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */ | |
1224 np = p->sst_next; | |
1225 if (prev == NULL) | |
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np; | |
1227 else | |
1228 prev->sst_next = np; | |
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p); | |
1230 p = np; | |
1231 continue; | |
1232 } | |
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line | |
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid | |
1235 * again. */ | |
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1237 { | |
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines; | |
1240 else | |
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top; | |
1242 } | |
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0 | |
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
1246 | |
1247 p->sst_lnum = n; | |
1248 } | |
1249 prev = p; | |
1250 p = p->sst_next; | |
1251 } | |
1252 } | |
1253 | |
1254 /* | |
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf. | |
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed. | |
1257 */ | |
1258 static int | |
1259 syn_stack_cleanup() | |
1260 { | |
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev; | |
1262 disptick_T tick; | |
1263 int above; | |
1264 int dist; | |
1265 int retval = FALSE; | |
1266 | |
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL) | |
1268 return retval; | |
1269 | |
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */ | |
819 | 1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows) |
1272 dist = 999999; | |
1273 else | |
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; | |
7 | 1275 |
1276 /* | |
2020 | 1277 * Go through the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can |
7 | 1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above |
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around). | |
1280 */ | |
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick; | |
1282 above = FALSE; | |
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1285 { | |
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) | |
1287 { | |
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick) | |
1289 { | |
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick) | |
1291 tick = p->sst_tick; | |
1292 above = TRUE; | |
1293 } | |
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick) | |
1295 tick = p->sst_tick; | |
1296 } | |
1297 } | |
1298 | |
1299 /* | |
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an | |
1301 * interval of several lines. | |
1302 */ | |
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1305 { | |
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) | |
1307 { | |
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */ | |
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next; | |
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p); | |
1311 p = prev; | |
1312 retval = TRUE; | |
1313 } | |
1314 } | |
1315 return retval; | |
1316 } | |
1317 | |
1318 /* | |
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item. | |
1320 * Move the entry into the free list. | |
1321 */ | |
1322 static void | |
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p) | |
1324 buf_T *buf; | |
1325 synstate_T *p; | |
1326 { | |
1327 clear_syn_state(p); | |
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree; | |
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p; | |
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount; | |
1331 } | |
1332 | |
1333 /* | |
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum". | |
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum". | |
1336 */ | |
1337 static synstate_T * | |
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum) | |
1339 linenr_T lnum; | |
1340 { | |
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev; | |
1342 | |
1343 prev = NULL; | |
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) | |
1345 { | |
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum) | |
1347 return p; | |
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) | |
1349 break; | |
1350 } | |
1351 return prev; | |
1352 } | |
1353 | |
1354 /* | |
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[]. | |
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line! | |
1357 */ | |
1358 static synstate_T * | |
1512 | 1359 store_current_state() |
7 | 1360 { |
1361 int i; | |
1362 synstate_T *p; | |
1363 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
1512 | 1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); |
7 | 1366 |
1367 /* | |
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues | |
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then. | |
1370 */ | |
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
1372 { | |
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum | |
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx | |
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum)) | |
1379 break; | |
1380 } | |
1381 if (i >= 0) | |
1382 { | |
1383 if (sp != NULL) | |
1384 { | |
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */ | |
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp) | |
1387 /* it's the first entry */ | |
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next; | |
1389 else | |
1390 { | |
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */ | |
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) | |
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp) | |
1394 break; | |
840 | 1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */ |
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; | |
7 | 1397 } |
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp); | |
1399 sp = NULL; | |
1400 } | |
1401 } | |
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum) | |
1403 { | |
1404 /* | |
1405 * Add a new entry | |
1406 */ | |
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */ | |
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) | |
1409 { | |
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup(); | |
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */ | |
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); | |
1413 } | |
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */ | |
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) | |
1416 sp = NULL; | |
1417 else | |
1418 { | |
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used | |
1420 * list, after *sp */ | |
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree; | |
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next; | |
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount; | |
1424 if (sp == NULL) | |
1425 { | |
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */ | |
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first; | |
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p; | |
1429 } | |
1430 else | |
1431 { | |
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */ | |
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; | |
1434 sp->sst_next = p; | |
1435 } | |
1436 sp = p; | |
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; | |
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum; | |
1439 } | |
1440 } | |
1441 if (sp != NULL) | |
1442 { | |
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */ | |
1444 clear_syn_state(sp); | |
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len; | |
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1447 { | |
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the | |
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */ | |
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1); | |
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL) | |
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; | |
1453 else | |
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len; | |
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1456 } | |
1457 else | |
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i) | |
1460 { | |
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx; | |
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags; | |
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch); | |
1464 } | |
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags; | |
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list; | |
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick; | |
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; | |
1469 } | |
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE; | |
1471 return sp; | |
1472 } | |
1473 | |
1474 /* | |
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state; | |
1476 */ | |
1477 static void | |
1478 load_current_state(from) | |
1479 synstate_T *from; | |
1480 { | |
1481 int i; | |
1482 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1483 | |
1484 clear_current_state(); | |
1485 validate_current_state(); | |
1486 keepend_level = -1; | |
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize | |
1488 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL) | |
1489 { | |
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1492 else | |
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i) | |
1495 { | |
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx; | |
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags; | |
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch); | |
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) | |
1500 keepend_level = i; | |
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE; | |
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0; | |
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0) | |
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = | |
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list; | |
1506 else | |
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL; | |
1508 update_si_attr(i); | |
1509 } | |
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize; | |
1511 } | |
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list; | |
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags; | |
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum; | |
1515 } | |
1516 | |
1517 /* | |
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state. | |
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal. | |
1520 */ | |
1521 static int | |
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp) | |
1523 synstate_T *sp; | |
1524 { | |
1525 int i, j; | |
1526 bufstate_T *bp; | |
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx; | |
1528 | |
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */ | |
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len | |
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list) | |
1532 { | |
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */ | |
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) | |
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); | |
1536 else | |
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; | |
1538 | |
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
1540 { | |
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */ | |
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx) | |
1543 break; | |
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch) | |
1545 { | |
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in | |
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch | |
1548 * references are equal. */ | |
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch; | |
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch; | |
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are | |
1552 * different. */ | |
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL) | |
1554 break; | |
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j) | |
1556 { | |
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be | |
1558 * equal. */ | |
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j]) | |
1560 { | |
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the | |
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when | |
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */ | |
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL | |
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL) | |
1566 break; | |
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic | |
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j], | |
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0 | |
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0) | |
1571 break; | |
1572 } | |
1573 } | |
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP) | |
1575 break; | |
1576 } | |
1577 } | |
1578 if (i < 0) | |
1579 return TRUE; | |
1580 } | |
1581 return FALSE; | |
1582 } | |
1583 | |
1584 /* | |
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below | |
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below | |
1587 * the last parsed line. | |
1588 * The window looks like this: | |
1589 * line which changed | |
1590 * displayed line | |
1591 * displayed line | |
1592 * lnum -> line below window | |
1593 */ | |
1594 void | |
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum) | |
1596 linenr_T lnum; | |
1597 { | |
1598 synstate_T *sp; | |
1599 | |
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); | |
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum) | |
1602 sp = sp->sst_next; | |
1603 | |
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0) | |
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum; | |
1606 } | |
1607 | |
1608 /* | |
1609 * End of handling of the state stack. | |
1610 ****************************************/ | |
1611 | |
1612 static void | |
1613 invalidate_current_state() | |
1614 { | |
1615 clear_current_state(); | |
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */ | |
1617 current_next_list = NULL; | |
1618 keepend_level = -1; | |
1619 } | |
1620 | |
1621 static void | |
1622 validate_current_state() | |
1623 { | |
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T); | |
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3; | |
1626 } | |
1627 | |
1628 /* | |
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time. | |
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous | |
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too. | |
1632 */ | |
1633 int | |
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum) | |
1635 linenr_T lnum; | |
1636 { | |
1637 int retval = TRUE; | |
1638 synstate_T *sp; | |
1639 | |
1640 /* | |
1641 * Check the state stack when: | |
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line. | |
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states. | |
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states. | |
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line. | |
1646 */ | |
1647 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1) | |
1648 { | |
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); | |
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum) | |
1651 { | |
1652 /* | |
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was | |
1654 * drawn) | |
1655 */ | |
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); | |
1657 | |
1658 /* | |
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of | |
1660 * the line. | |
1661 */ | |
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp)) | |
1663 retval = FALSE; | |
1664 | |
1665 /* | |
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use. | |
1667 */ | |
1668 ++current_lnum; | |
1512 | 1669 (void)store_current_state(); |
7 | 1670 } |
1671 } | |
1672 | |
1673 return retval; | |
1674 } | |
1675 | |
1676 /* | |
1677 * Finish the current line. | |
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of | |
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state | |
1680 * is valid. | |
1681 */ | |
1682 static int | |
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing) | |
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */ | |
1685 { | |
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
442 | 1687 colnr_T prev_current_col; |
7 | 1688 |
1689 if (!current_finished) | |
1690 { | |
1691 while (!current_finished) | |
1692 { | |
1504 | 1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE); |
7 | 1694 /* |
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item. | |
1696 */ | |
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len) | |
1698 { | |
1699 /* | |
1700 * Check for match with sync item. | |
1701 */ | |
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags | |
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))) | |
1706 return TRUE; | |
1707 | |
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item | |
442 | 1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go |
1710 * past the NUL. */ | |
1711 prev_current_col = current_col; | |
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) | |
1713 ++current_col; | |
7 | 1714 check_state_ends(); |
442 | 1715 current_col = prev_current_col; |
7 | 1716 } |
1717 ++current_col; | |
1718 } | |
1719 } | |
1720 return FALSE; | |
1721 } | |
1722 | |
1723 /* | |
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character. | |
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line. | |
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each | |
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the | |
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed. | |
221 | 1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be |
1730 * done. | |
7 | 1731 */ |
1732 int | |
1504 | 1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state) |
7 | 1734 colnr_T col; |
221 | 1735 int *can_spell; |
1504 | 1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */ |
7 | 1737 { |
1738 int attr = 0; | |
1739 | |
1363 | 1740 if (can_spell != NULL) |
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when | |
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */ | |
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT | |
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) | |
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); | |
1746 | |
7 | 1747 /* check for out of memory situation */ |
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) | |
1749 return 0; | |
1750 | |
419 | 1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */ |
431 | 1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc) |
419 | 1753 { |
1754 clear_current_state(); | |
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1756 current_id = 0; | |
1757 current_trans_id = 0; | |
1758 #endif | |
1759 return 0; | |
1760 } | |
1761 | |
7 | 1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */ |
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) | |
1764 validate_current_state(); | |
1765 | |
1766 /* | |
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col". | |
1768 */ | |
1769 while (current_col <= col) | |
1770 { | |
1504 | 1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell, |
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE); | |
7 | 1773 ++current_col; |
1774 } | |
1775 | |
1776 return attr; | |
1777 } | |
1778 | |
1779 /* | |
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col. | |
1781 */ | |
1782 static int | |
1504 | 1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state) |
7 | 1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */ |
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */ | |
221 | 1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */ |
1504 | 1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */ |
7 | 1788 { |
1789 int syn_id; | |
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */ | |
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */ | |
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos; | |
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */ | |
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */ | |
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */ | |
1796 int idx; | |
1797 synpat_T *spp; | |
221 | 1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL; |
7 | 1799 int startcol; |
1800 int endcol; | |
1801 long flags; | |
1802 short *next_list; | |
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */ | |
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */ | |
1805 int do_keywords; | |
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
1807 lpos_T pos; | |
1808 int lc_col; | |
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL; | |
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after | |
1811 looking for a pattern match! */ | |
1812 | |
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */ | |
1814 int keep_next_list; | |
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE; | |
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga; | |
1817 | |
1818 /* | |
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line? | |
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region). | |
1821 */ | |
1822 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0) | |
1824 { | |
1825 /* | |
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it. | |
1827 */ | |
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col | |
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL) | |
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL); | |
1831 | |
1832 current_finished = TRUE; | |
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE; | |
1834 return 0; | |
1835 } | |
1836 | |
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */ | |
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL) | |
1839 { | |
1840 current_finished = TRUE; | |
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE; | |
1842 } | |
1843 | |
1844 /* | |
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used | |
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in | |
1847 * the next column. | |
1848 */ | |
1849 if (try_next_column) | |
1850 { | |
1851 next_match_idx = -1; | |
1852 try_next_column = FALSE; | |
1853 } | |
1854 | |
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */ | |
1856 do_keywords = !syncing | |
134 | 1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 |
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); | |
7 | 1859 |
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to | |
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */ | |
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10); | |
1863 | |
1864 /* | |
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the | |
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current | |
1867 * column. | |
1868 */ | |
1869 do | |
1870 { | |
1871 found_match = FALSE; | |
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE; | |
1873 syn_id = 0; | |
1874 | |
1875 /* | |
1876 * 1. Check for a current state. | |
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may | |
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns. | |
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the | |
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!). | |
1881 */ | |
1882 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1884 else | |
1885 cur_si = NULL; | |
1886 | |
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL | |
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL) | |
1889 { | |
1890 /* | |
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword | |
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing. | |
1893 */ | |
1894 if (do_keywords) | |
1895 { | |
1896 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf) | |
1898 && (current_col == 0 | |
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1 | |
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1901 - (has_mbyte | |
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1) | |
1903 : 0) | |
1904 #endif | |
1905 , syn_buf))) | |
1906 { | |
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col, | |
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si); | |
205 | 1909 if (syn_id != 0) |
7 | 1910 { |
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK) | |
1912 { | |
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */ | |
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol; | |
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol; | |
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags; | |
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id; | |
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id; | |
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP) | |
1927 { | |
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2) | |
1929 { | |
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0; | |
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0; | |
1932 } | |
1933 else | |
1934 { | |
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE( | |
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr; | |
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE( | |
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id; | |
1939 } | |
1940 } | |
1941 else | |
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id); | |
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL; | |
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list; | |
1945 check_keepend(); | |
1946 } | |
1947 else | |
1948 vim_free(next_list); | |
1949 } | |
1950 } | |
1951 } | |
1952 | |
1953 /* | |
205 | 1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found). |
7 | 1955 */ |
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len) | |
1957 { | |
1958 /* | |
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check | |
1960 * for any match with a pattern. | |
1961 */ | |
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col) | |
1963 { | |
1964 /* | |
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this | |
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a | |
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to | |
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed. | |
1969 */ | |
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */ | |
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL; | |
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
1973 { | |
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing | |
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY)) | |
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH | |
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL | |
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, | |
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0) | |
1982 : (cur_si == NULL | |
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED) | |
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si, | |
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn, | |
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) | |
1987 { | |
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and | |
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip | |
1990 * this item. */ | |
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id | |
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col) | |
1993 continue; | |
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id; | |
1995 | |
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
1997 if (lc_col < 0) | |
1998 lc_col = 0; | |
1999 | |
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; | |
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; | |
2002 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum, | |
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col)) | |
2004 { | |
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */ | |
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; | |
2007 continue; | |
2008 } | |
2009 | |
2010 /* | |
2011 * Compute the first column of the match. | |
2012 */ | |
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match, | |
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1); | |
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum) | |
2016 { | |
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line, | |
2018 * we can't handle that */ | |
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; | |
2020 continue; | |
2021 } | |
2022 startcol = pos.col; | |
2023 | |
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern | |
2025 * matches in the current line */ | |
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol; | |
2027 | |
2028 /* | |
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower | |
2030 * column number, don't use this one. | |
2031 */ | |
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col) | |
2033 continue; | |
2034 | |
2035 /* | |
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position | |
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next | |
2038 * column, because it may match from there. | |
2039 */ | |
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga)) | |
2041 { | |
2042 try_next_column = TRUE; | |
2043 continue; | |
2044 } | |
2045 | |
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; | |
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
2048 | |
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */ | |
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match, | |
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1); | |
2052 | |
2053 /* Compute the region start. */ | |
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */ | |
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match, | |
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0); | |
2057 | |
2058 /* | |
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get | |
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change. | |
2061 */ | |
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); | |
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out; | |
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL; | |
2065 | |
2066 flags = 0; | |
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */ | |
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0; | |
2069 end_idx = 0; | |
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
2071 | |
2072 /* | |
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the | |
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of | |
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the | |
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time. | |
2077 */ | |
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START | |
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) | |
2080 { | |
2081 lpos_T startpos; | |
2082 | |
2083 startpos = endpos; | |
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, | |
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch); | |
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0) | |
2087 continue; /* not found */ | |
2088 } | |
2089 | |
2090 /* | |
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the | |
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when | |
2093 * syncing. | |
2094 */ | |
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) | |
2096 { | |
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp, | |
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0); | |
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp, | |
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0); | |
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol) | |
2103 { | |
2104 /* | |
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need | |
2106 * to try matching again at next column. | |
2107 */ | |
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
2110 try_next_column = TRUE; | |
2111 continue; | |
2112 } | |
2113 } | |
2114 | |
2115 /* | |
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_* | |
2117 */ | |
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end | |
2119 * before endpos. */ | |
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol) | |
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol; | |
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos); | |
2124 | |
2125 next_match_idx = idx; | |
2126 next_match_col = startcol; | |
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos; | |
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos; | |
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos; | |
2130 next_match_flags = flags; | |
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos; | |
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos; | |
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx; | |
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); | |
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch; | |
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL; | |
2137 } | |
2138 } | |
2139 } | |
2140 | |
2141 /* | |
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it. | |
2143 */ | |
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col) | |
2145 { | |
2146 synpat_T *lspp; | |
2147 | |
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup, | |
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */ | |
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); | |
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col | |
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL) | |
2154 { | |
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list; | |
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags; | |
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE; | |
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE; | |
2159 | |
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check | |
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an | |
2162 * endless loop). */ | |
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK) | |
2164 { | |
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data)) | |
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx; | |
2167 } | |
2168 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2169 } | |
2170 else | |
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si); | |
2172 found_match = TRUE; | |
2173 } | |
2174 } | |
2175 } | |
2176 | |
2177 /* | |
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match. | |
2179 */ | |
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list) | |
2181 { | |
2182 /* | |
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if: | |
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given | |
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given | |
2186 */ | |
2187 if (!found_match) | |
2188 { | |
2189 line = syn_getcurline(); | |
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col])) | |
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
2193 && *line == NUL)) | |
2194 break; | |
2195 } | |
2196 | |
2197 /* | |
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for | |
2199 * contained matches. | |
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal | |
2201 * match. | |
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no | |
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck). | |
2204 */ | |
2205 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2206 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list) | |
2208 found_match = TRUE; | |
2209 } | |
2210 | |
2211 } while (found_match); | |
2212 | |
2213 /* | |
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting. | |
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc. | |
2216 */ | |
2217 current_attr = 0; | |
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2219 current_id = 0; | |
2220 current_trans_id = 0; | |
2221 #endif | |
2222 if (cur_si != NULL) | |
2223 { | |
221 | 2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL |
2225 int current_trans_id = 0; | |
2226 #endif | |
7 | 2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx) |
2228 { | |
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); | |
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum | |
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum | |
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col)) | |
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0 | |
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col))) | |
2237 { | |
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr; | |
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2240 current_id = sip->si_id; | |
221 | 2241 #endif |
7 | 2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id; |
2243 break; | |
2244 } | |
2245 } | |
2246 | |
221 | 2247 if (can_spell != NULL) |
2248 { | |
2249 struct sp_syn sps; | |
2250 | |
2251 /* | |
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be | |
2253 * done in the current item. | |
2254 */ | |
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) | |
227 | 2256 { |
320 | 2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without |
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */ | |
227 | 2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0) |
419 | 2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP); |
227 | 2261 else |
2262 { | |
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0; | |
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id; | |
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; | |
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); | |
2267 } | |
2268 } | |
221 | 2269 else |
2270 { | |
320 | 2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with |
419 | 2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there. |
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel" | |
2274 * was used. */ | |
320 | 2275 if (current_trans_id == 0) |
419 | 2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); |
320 | 2277 else |
2278 { | |
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0; | |
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id; | |
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; | |
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); | |
2283 | |
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0) | |
2285 { | |
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id; | |
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0)) | |
2288 *can_spell = FALSE; | |
2289 } | |
2290 } | |
221 | 2291 } |
2292 } | |
2293 | |
2294 | |
7 | 2295 /* |
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the | |
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a | |
2298 * single character match. | |
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It | |
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the | |
2301 * current column. | |
2302 */ | |
1504 | 2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state) |
7 | 2304 { |
2305 check_state_ends(); | |
442 | 2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0 |
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) | |
7 | 2308 { |
2309 ++current_col; | |
2310 check_state_ends(); | |
2311 --current_col; | |
2312 } | |
2313 } | |
2314 } | |
221 | 2315 else if (can_spell != NULL) |
419 | 2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when |
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */ | |
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT | |
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) | |
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); | |
7 | 2321 |
2020 | 2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipempty" present */ |
7 | 2323 if (current_next_list != NULL |
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL | |
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))) | |
2326 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2327 | |
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0) | |
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga); | |
2330 | |
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */ | |
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out); | |
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL; | |
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); | |
2335 | |
2336 return current_attr; | |
2337 } | |
2338 | |
2339 | |
2340 /* | |
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column. | |
2342 */ | |
2343 static int | |
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap) | |
2345 int idx; | |
2346 garray_T *gap; | |
2347 { | |
2348 int i; | |
2349 | |
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col | |
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum | |
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx) | |
2354 return TRUE; | |
2355 | |
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax | |
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */ | |
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx) | |
2360 return TRUE; | |
2361 | |
2362 return FALSE; | |
2363 } | |
2364 | |
2365 /* | |
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack. | |
2367 */ | |
2368 static stateitem_T * | |
2369 push_next_match(cur_si) | |
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
2371 { | |
2372 synpat_T *spp; | |
2373 | |
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); | |
2375 | |
2376 /* | |
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack; | |
2378 */ | |
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) | |
2380 { | |
2381 /* | |
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how | |
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length. | |
2384 */ | |
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; | |
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; | |
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags; | |
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list; | |
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); | |
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) | |
2393 { | |
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */ | |
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE); | |
2396 check_keepend(); | |
2397 } | |
2398 else | |
2399 { | |
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos; | |
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos; | |
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags; | |
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos; | |
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx; | |
2406 } | |
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) | |
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1; | |
2409 check_keepend(); | |
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2411 | |
2412 /* | |
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item | |
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern. | |
2415 */ | |
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START | |
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0 | |
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) | |
2419 { | |
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; | |
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; | |
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; | |
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; | |
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; | |
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH; | |
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL; | |
2430 check_keepend(); | |
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2432 } | |
2433 } | |
2434 | |
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */ | |
2436 | |
2437 return cur_si; | |
2438 } | |
2439 | |
2440 /* | |
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it). | |
2442 */ | |
2443 static void | |
2444 check_state_ends() | |
2445 { | |
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si; | |
2447 int had_extend = FALSE; | |
2448 | |
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2450 for (;;) | |
2451 { | |
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends | |
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum | |
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col))) | |
2456 { | |
2457 /* | |
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern | |
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack. | |
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current | |
2461 * position. | |
2462 */ | |
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx | |
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum | |
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum | |
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col))) | |
2467 { | |
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx; | |
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; | |
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; | |
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; | |
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH; | |
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
36 | 2474 |
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */ | |
2476 next_match_idx = 0; | |
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 2478 break; |
2479 } | |
2480 else | |
2481 { | |
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or | |
2483 * "skipempty" */ | |
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list; | |
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags; | |
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)) | |
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) | |
2488 current_next_list = NULL; | |
2489 | |
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with | |
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */ | |
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
2493 had_extend = TRUE; | |
2494 | |
2495 pop_current_state(); | |
2496 | |
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) | |
2498 break; | |
2499 | |
1503 | 2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0) |
7 | 2501 { |
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE); | |
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) | |
2504 break; | |
2505 } | |
2506 | |
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); | |
2508 | |
2509 /* | |
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after | |
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match | |
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues. | |
2513 * Don't do this when: | |
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item | |
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1). | |
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set) | |
2517 */ | |
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 | |
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type | |
2520 == SPTYPE_START | |
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND))) | |
2522 { | |
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); | |
2524 check_keepend(); | |
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL) | |
2526 && keepend_level < 0 | |
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) | |
2528 break; | |
2529 } | |
2530 } | |
2531 } | |
2532 else | |
2533 break; | |
2534 } | |
2535 } | |
2536 | |
2537 /* | |
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This | |
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list. | |
2540 */ | |
2541 static void | |
2542 update_si_attr(idx) | |
2543 int idx; | |
2544 { | |
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); | |
2546 synpat_T *spp; | |
2547 | |
1371 | 2548 /* This should not happen... */ |
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0) | |
2550 return; | |
2551 | |
7 | 2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]); |
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) | |
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id; | |
2555 else | |
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id; | |
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id); | |
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id; | |
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) | |
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL; | |
2561 else | |
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list; | |
2563 | |
2564 /* | |
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item. | |
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none. | |
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern. | |
2568 */ | |
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) | |
2570 { | |
2571 if (idx == 0) | |
2572 { | |
2573 sip->si_attr = 0; | |
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0; | |
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) | |
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL; | |
2577 } | |
2578 else | |
2579 { | |
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr; | |
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id; | |
36 | 2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos; |
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos; | |
7 | 2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) |
2585 { | |
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT; | |
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list; | |
2588 } | |
2589 } | |
2590 } | |
2591 } | |
2592 | |
2593 /* | |
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag. | |
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found. | |
2596 */ | |
2597 static void | |
2598 check_keepend() | |
2599 { | |
2600 int i; | |
2601 lpos_T maxpos; | |
991 | 2602 lpos_T maxpos_h; |
7 | 2603 stateitem_T *sip; |
2604 | |
2605 /* | |
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where | |
2607 * there really is a keepend. | |
2608 */ | |
2609 if (keepend_level < 0) | |
2610 return; | |
2611 | |
2612 /* | |
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that | |
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be | |
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally. | |
2616 */ | |
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i) | |
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) | |
2619 break; | |
2620 | |
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0; | |
1702 | 2622 maxpos.col = 0; |
991 | 2623 maxpos_h.lnum = 0; |
1702 | 2624 maxpos_h.col = 0; |
7 | 2625 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) |
2626 { | |
2627 sip = &CUR_STATE(i); | |
2628 if (maxpos.lnum != 0) | |
2629 { | |
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos); | |
991 | 2631 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h); |
7 | 2632 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos); |
2633 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2634 } | |
991 | 2635 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) |
2636 { | |
2637 if (maxpos.lnum == 0 | |
7 | 2638 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum |
2639 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum | |
991 | 2640 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)) |
2641 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos; | |
2642 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0 | |
2643 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2644 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum | |
2645 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col)) | |
2646 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos; | |
2647 } | |
7 | 2648 } |
2649 } | |
2650 | |
2651 /* | |
2652 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern. | |
2653 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line. | |
2654 * | |
2655 * Return the flags for the matched END. | |
2656 */ | |
2657 static void | |
2658 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force) | |
2659 stateitem_T *sip; | |
2660 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */ | |
2661 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */ | |
2662 { | |
2663 lpos_T startpos; | |
2664 lpos_T endpos; | |
2665 lpos_T hl_endpos; | |
2666 lpos_T end_endpos; | |
2667 int end_idx; | |
2668 | |
1371 | 2669 /* return quickly for a keyword */ |
2670 if (sip->si_idx < 0) | |
2671 return; | |
2672 | |
7 | 2673 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern |
2674 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend" | |
2675 * from a containing item. */ | |
2676 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum) | |
2677 return; | |
2678 | |
2679 /* | |
2680 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next | |
2681 * line. | |
2682 */ | |
2683 end_idx = 0; | |
2684 startpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
2685 startpos.col = startcol; | |
2686 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, | |
2687 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch); | |
2688 | |
2689 if (endpos.lnum == 0) | |
2690 { | |
2691 /* No end pattern matched. */ | |
2692 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE) | |
2693 { | |
2694 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */ | |
2695 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2696 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; | |
2697 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline()); | |
2698 } | |
2699 else | |
2700 { | |
2701 /* continues in the next line */ | |
2702 sip->si_ends = FALSE; | |
2703 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; | |
2704 } | |
2705 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos; | |
2706 } | |
2707 else | |
2708 { | |
2709 /* match within this line */ | |
2710 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos; | |
2711 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos; | |
2712 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos; | |
2713 sip->si_ends = TRUE; | |
2714 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx; | |
2715 } | |
2716 } | |
2717 | |
2718 /* | |
2719 * Add a new state to the current state stack. | |
2720 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx". | |
2721 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory). | |
2722 */ | |
2723 static int | |
2724 push_current_state(idx) | |
2725 int idx; | |
2726 { | |
2727 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL) | |
2728 return FAIL; | |
2729 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T)); | |
2730 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx; | |
2731 ++current_state.ga_len; | |
2732 return OK; | |
2733 } | |
2734 | |
2735 /* | |
2736 * Remove a state from the current_state stack. | |
2737 */ | |
2738 static void | |
2739 pop_current_state() | |
2740 { | |
2741 if (current_state.ga_len) | |
2742 { | |
2743 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch); | |
2744 --current_state.ga_len; | |
2745 } | |
2746 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */ | |
2747 next_match_idx = -1; | |
2748 | |
2749 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */ | |
2750 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len) | |
2751 keepend_level = -1; | |
2752 } | |
2753 | |
2754 /* | |
2755 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos". | |
2756 * Only checks one line. | |
2757 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line. | |
2758 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum | |
2759 * will be 0. | |
2760 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is | |
2761 * computed. | |
2762 */ | |
2763 static void | |
2764 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos, | |
2765 end_idx, start_ext) | |
2766 int idx; /* index of the pattern */ | |
2767 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */ | |
2768 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */ | |
2769 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */ | |
2770 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */ | |
2771 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */ | |
2772 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */ | |
2773 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */ | |
2774 { | |
2775 colnr_T matchcol; | |
2776 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip; | |
2777 int start_idx; | |
2778 int best_idx; | |
2779 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
2780 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */ | |
2781 lpos_T pos; | |
2782 char_u *line; | |
2783 int had_match = FALSE; | |
2784 | |
1371 | 2785 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */ |
2786 if (idx < 0) | |
2787 return; | |
2788 | |
7 | 2789 /* |
2790 * Check for being called with a START pattern. | |
2791 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it | |
2792 * contained a region. | |
2793 */ | |
2794 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2795 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
2796 { | |
2797 *hl_endpos = *startpos; | |
2798 return; | |
2799 } | |
2800 | |
2801 /* | |
2802 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern. | |
2803 */ | |
2804 for (;;) | |
2805 { | |
2806 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2807 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
2808 break; | |
2809 ++idx; | |
2810 } | |
2811 | |
2812 /* | |
2813 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present) | |
2814 */ | |
2815 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) | |
2816 { | |
2817 spp_skip = spp; | |
2818 ++idx; | |
2819 } | |
2820 else | |
2821 spp_skip = NULL; | |
2822 | |
2823 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */ | |
2824 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); | |
2825 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext); | |
2826 | |
2827 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */ | |
2828 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */ | |
2829 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ | |
2830 for (;;) | |
2831 { | |
2832 /* | |
2833 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol". | |
2834 */ | |
2835 best_idx = -1; | |
2836 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) | |
2837 { | |
2838 int lc_col = matchcol; | |
2839 | |
2840 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); | |
2841 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */ | |
2842 break; | |
2843 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
2844 if (lc_col < 0) | |
2845 lc_col = 0; | |
2846 | |
2847 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; | |
2848 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; | |
2849 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)) | |
2850 { | |
2851 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2852 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) | |
2853 { | |
2854 best_idx = idx; | |
2855 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0]; | |
2856 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0]; | |
2857 } | |
2858 } | |
2859 } | |
2860 | |
2861 /* | |
2862 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the | |
2863 * item continues until end-of-line. | |
2864 */ | |
2865 if (best_idx == -1) | |
2866 break; | |
2867 | |
2868 /* | |
2869 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern, | |
2870 * continue searching after the skip pattern. | |
2871 */ | |
2872 if (spp_skip != NULL) | |
2873 { | |
2874 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; | |
2875 | |
2876 if (lc_col < 0) | |
2877 lc_col = 0; | |
2878 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic; | |
2879 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog; | |
2880 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col) | |
2881 && regmatch.startpos[0].col | |
2882 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) | |
2883 { | |
2884 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */ | |
2885 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); | |
2886 | |
2887 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no | |
2888 * match with an end pattern in this line. */ | |
2889 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum) | |
2890 break; | |
2891 | |
2892 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE); | |
2893 | |
2894 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */ | |
2895 if (pos.col <= matchcol) | |
2896 ++matchcol; | |
2897 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
2898 matchcol = pos.col; | |
2899 else | |
2900 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */ | |
2901 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
2902 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col; | |
2903 ++matchcol) | |
2904 ; | |
2905 | |
2906 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */ | |
2907 if (line[matchcol] == NUL) | |
2908 break; | |
2909 | |
2910 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */ | |
2911 } | |
2912 } | |
2913 | |
2914 /* | |
2915 * Match from start pattern to end pattern. | |
2916 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern. | |
2917 */ | |
2918 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]); | |
2919 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); | |
2920 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2921 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2922 m_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2923 | |
2924 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1); | |
2925 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2926 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum | |
2927 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2928 end_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2929 /* can't end after the match */ | |
2930 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos); | |
2931 | |
2932 /* | |
2933 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers. | |
2934 */ | |
2935 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0) | |
2936 { | |
2937 *end_idx = best_idx; | |
2938 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT))) | |
2939 { | |
2940 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; | |
2941 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
2942 } | |
2943 else | |
2944 { | |
2945 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
2946 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
2947 } | |
2948 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF]; | |
2949 | |
2950 /* can't end before the start */ | |
2951 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum | |
2952 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col) | |
2953 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col; | |
2954 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos); | |
2955 | |
2956 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned | |
2957 * into the matchgroup for the end */ | |
2958 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos; | |
2959 } | |
2960 else | |
2961 { | |
2962 *end_idx = 0; | |
2963 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos; | |
2964 } | |
2965 | |
2966 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags; | |
2967 | |
2968 had_match = TRUE; | |
2969 break; | |
2970 } | |
2971 | |
2972 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */ | |
2973 if (!had_match) | |
2974 m_endpos->lnum = 0; | |
2975 | |
2976 /* Remove external matches. */ | |
2977 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); | |
2978 re_extmatch_in = NULL; | |
2979 } | |
2980 | |
2981 /* | |
2982 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit". | |
2983 */ | |
2984 static void | |
2985 limit_pos(pos, limit) | |
2986 lpos_T *pos; | |
2987 lpos_T *limit; | |
2988 { | |
2989 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum) | |
2990 *pos = *limit; | |
2991 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col) | |
2992 pos->col = limit->col; | |
2993 } | |
2994 | |
2995 /* | |
2996 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero. | |
2997 */ | |
2998 static void | |
2999 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit) | |
3000 lpos_T *pos; | |
3001 lpos_T *limit; | |
3002 { | |
3003 if (pos->lnum == 0) | |
3004 *pos = *limit; | |
3005 else | |
3006 limit_pos(pos, limit); | |
3007 } | |
3008 | |
3009 /* | |
3010 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight. | |
3011 */ | |
3012 static void | |
3013 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) | |
3014 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ | |
3015 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ | |
3016 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */ | |
3017 int idx; /* index of offset */ | |
3018 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */ | |
3019 { | |
3020 int col; | |
1624 | 3021 int off; |
3022 char_u *base; | |
3023 char_u *p; | |
7 | 3024 |
3025 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx)) | |
3026 { | |
3027 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; | |
1624 | 3028 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; |
3029 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra; | |
7 | 3030 } |
3031 else | |
3032 { | |
3033 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; | |
3034 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; | |
1624 | 3035 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx]; |
3036 } | |
3037 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there | |
3038 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */ | |
3039 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3040 col = 0; | |
3041 else if (off != 0) | |
3042 { | |
3043 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE); | |
3044 p = base + col; | |
3045 if (off > 0) | |
3046 { | |
3047 while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL) | |
3048 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
3049 } | |
3050 else if (off < 0) | |
3051 { | |
3052 while (off++ < 0 && base < p) | |
3053 mb_ptr_back(base, p); | |
3054 } | |
3055 col = (int)(p - base); | |
3056 } | |
3057 result->col = col; | |
7 | 3058 } |
3059 | |
3060 /* | |
3061 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight. | |
3062 * Avoid resulting column to become negative. | |
3063 */ | |
3064 static void | |
3065 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) | |
3066 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ | |
3067 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ | |
3068 synpat_T *spp; | |
3069 int idx; | |
3070 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */ | |
3071 { | |
3072 int col; | |
1624 | 3073 int off; |
3074 char_u *base; | |
3075 char_u *p; | |
7 | 3076 |
3077 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT))) | |
3078 { | |
3079 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; | |
1624 | 3080 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; |
3081 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra; | |
7 | 3082 } |
3083 else | |
3084 { | |
3085 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; | |
3086 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; | |
1624 | 3087 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx]; |
3088 } | |
2092
98cc757f7e3d
updated for version 7.2.376
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
3089 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
98cc757f7e3d
updated for version 7.2.376
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
3090 { |
98cc757f7e3d
updated for version 7.2.376
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
3091 /* a "\n" at the end of the pattern may take us below the last line */ |
98cc757f7e3d
updated for version 7.2.376
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
3092 result->lnum = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
2100
7d121c69f540
updated for version 7.2.383
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2092
diff
changeset
|
3093 col = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE)); |
2092
98cc757f7e3d
updated for version 7.2.376
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
3094 } |
1624 | 3095 if (off != 0) |
3096 { | |
3097 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE); | |
3098 p = base + col; | |
3099 if (off > 0) | |
3100 { | |
3101 while (off-- && *p != NUL) | |
3102 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
3103 } | |
3104 else if (off < 0) | |
3105 { | |
3106 while (off++ && base < p) | |
3107 mb_ptr_back(base, p); | |
3108 } | |
3109 col = (int)(p - base); | |
3110 } | |
3111 result->col = col; | |
7 | 3112 } |
3113 | |
3114 /* | |
3115 * Get current line in syntax buffer. | |
3116 */ | |
3117 static char_u * | |
3118 syn_getcurline() | |
3119 { | |
3120 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE); | |
3121 } | |
3122 | |
3123 /* | |
410 | 3124 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf". |
7 | 3125 * Returns TRUE when there is a match. |
3126 */ | |
3127 static int | |
3128 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col) | |
3129 regmmatch_T *rmp; | |
3130 linenr_T lnum; | |
3131 colnr_T col; | |
3132 { | |
410 | 3133 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc; |
1521 | 3134 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0) |
7 | 3135 { |
3136 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum; | |
3137 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum; | |
3138 return TRUE; | |
3139 } | |
3140 return FALSE; | |
3141 } | |
3142 | |
3143 /* | |
3144 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword. | |
3145 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol. | |
3146 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise. | |
3147 */ | |
3148 static int | |
3149 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si) | |
3150 char_u *line; | |
3151 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */ | |
3152 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */ | |
3153 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */ | |
3154 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */ | |
3155 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */ | |
3156 { | |
134 | 3157 keyentry_T *kp; |
3158 char_u *kwp; | |
7 | 3159 int round; |
134 | 3160 int kwlen; |
7 | 3161 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */ |
134 | 3162 hashtab_T *ht; |
3163 hashitem_T *hi; | |
7 | 3164 |
3165 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already | |
3166 * checked. */ | |
134 | 3167 kwp = line + startcol; |
3168 kwlen = 0; | |
7 | 3169 do |
3170 { | |
3171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3172 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 3173 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen); |
7 | 3174 else |
3175 #endif | |
134 | 3176 ++kwlen; |
3177 } | |
3178 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf)); | |
3179 | |
3180 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN) | |
7 | 3181 return 0; |
3182 | |
3183 /* | |
3184 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it | |
3185 * lowercase. | |
3186 */ | |
419 | 3187 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen); |
7 | 3188 |
3189 /* | |
3190 * Try twice: | |
3191 * 1. matching case | |
3192 * 2. ignoring case | |
3193 */ | |
3194 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
3195 { | |
134 | 3196 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic; |
3197 if (ht->ht_used == 0) | |
7 | 3198 continue; |
134 | 3199 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */ |
3200 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); | |
7 | 3201 |
3202 /* | |
134 | 3203 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different |
3204 * attributes. | |
7 | 3205 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise: |
3206 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel. | |
3207 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list. | |
3208 */ | |
134 | 3209 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword); |
3210 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) | |
3211 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next) | |
7 | 3212 { |
134 | 3213 if (current_next_list != 0 |
3214 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0) | |
3215 : (cur_si == NULL | |
3216 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) | |
3217 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list, | |
3218 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))) | |
3219 { | |
3220 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen; | |
3221 *flagsp = kp->flags; | |
3222 *next_listp = kp->next_list; | |
3223 return kp->k_syn.id; | |
3224 } | |
7 | 3225 } |
3226 } | |
3227 return 0; | |
3228 } | |
3229 | |
3230 /* | |
3231 * Handle ":syntax case" command. | |
3232 */ | |
3233 static void | |
3234 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing) | |
3235 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3236 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3237 { |
3238 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3239 char_u *next; | |
3240 | |
3241 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3242 if (eap->skip) | |
3243 return; | |
3244 | |
3245 next = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3246 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5) | |
3247 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; | |
3248 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6) | |
3249 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE; | |
3250 else | |
3251 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 /* | |
419 | 3255 * Handle ":syntax spell" command. |
3256 */ | |
3257 static void | |
3258 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing) | |
3259 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3260 int syncing UNUSED; |
419 | 3261 { |
3262 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3263 char_u *next; | |
3264 | |
3265 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3266 if (eap->skip) | |
3267 return; | |
3268 | |
3269 next = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3270 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8) | |
3271 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP; | |
3272 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10) | |
3273 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP; | |
1064 | 3274 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7) |
419 | 3275 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; |
3276 else | |
3277 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); | |
3278 } | |
3279 | |
3280 /* | |
7 | 3281 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer. |
3282 */ | |
3283 void | |
3284 syntax_clear(buf) | |
3285 buf_T *buf; | |
3286 { | |
3287 int i; | |
3288 | |
482 | 3289 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */ |
294 | 3290 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */ |
419 | 3291 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */ |
294 | 3292 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE; |
7 | 3293 |
3294 /* free the keywords */ | |
134 | 3295 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab); |
3296 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic); | |
7 | 3297 |
3298 /* free the syntax patterns */ | |
3299 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3300 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i); | |
3301 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns); | |
3302 | |
3303 /* free the syntax clusters */ | |
3304 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3305 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i); | |
3306 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters); | |
301 | 3307 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0; |
3308 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0; | |
7 | 3309 |
3310 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; | |
3311 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; | |
3312 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
3313 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; | |
3314 | |
3315 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog); | |
3316 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; | |
3317 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
3318 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
3319 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3320 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0; | |
3321 #endif | |
3322 | |
3323 /* free the stored states */ | |
3324 syn_stack_free_all(buf); | |
3325 invalidate_current_state(); | |
3326 } | |
3327 | |
3328 /* | |
3329 * Clear syncing info for one buffer. | |
3330 */ | |
3331 static void | |
3332 syntax_sync_clear() | |
3333 { | |
3334 int i; | |
3335 | |
3336 /* free the syntax patterns */ | |
3337 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
3338 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing) | |
3339 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i); | |
3340 | |
3341 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; | |
3342 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; | |
3343 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
3344 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; | |
3345 | |
3346 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog); | |
3347 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; | |
3348 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
3349 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
3350 | |
3351 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ | |
3352 } | |
3353 | |
3354 /* | |
3355 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list. | |
3356 */ | |
3357 static void | |
3358 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx) | |
3359 buf_T *buf; | |
3360 int idx; | |
3361 { | |
3362 synpat_T *spp; | |
3363 | |
3364 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]); | |
3365 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3366 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD) | |
3367 --buf->b_syn_folditems; | |
3368 #endif | |
3369 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx); | |
3370 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1, | |
3371 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1)); | |
3372 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
3373 } | |
3374 | |
3375 /* | |
3376 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from | |
3377 * last to first! | |
3378 */ | |
3379 static void | |
3380 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i) | |
3381 buf_T *buf; | |
3382 int i; | |
3383 { | |
3384 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern); | |
3385 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog); | |
3386 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */ | |
3387 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START) | |
3388 { | |
3389 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list); | |
3390 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list); | |
1421 | 3391 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list); |
7 | 3392 } |
3393 } | |
3394 | |
3395 /* | |
3396 * Clear and free one syntax cluster. | |
3397 */ | |
3398 static void | |
3399 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i) | |
3400 buf_T *buf; | |
3401 int i; | |
3402 { | |
3403 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name); | |
3404 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u); | |
3405 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list); | |
3406 } | |
3407 | |
3408 /* | |
3409 * Handle ":syntax clear" command. | |
3410 */ | |
3411 static void | |
3412 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing) | |
3413 exarg_T *eap; | |
3414 int syncing; | |
3415 { | |
3416 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3417 char_u *arg_end; | |
3418 int id; | |
3419 | |
3420 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3421 if (eap->skip) | |
3422 return; | |
3423 | |
3424 /* | |
3425 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename", | |
3426 * because otherwise @group would get deleted. | |
3427 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn | |
3428 * clear". | |
3429 */ | |
3430 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0) | |
3431 return; | |
3432 | |
3433 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3434 { | |
3435 /* | |
3436 * No argument: Clear all syntax items. | |
3437 */ | |
3438 if (syncing) | |
3439 syntax_sync_clear(); | |
3440 else | |
3441 { | |
3442 syntax_clear(curbuf); | |
148 | 3443 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE); |
7 | 3444 } |
3445 } | |
3446 else | |
3447 { | |
3448 /* | |
3449 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument. | |
3450 */ | |
3451 while (!ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3452 { | |
3453 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3454 if (*arg == '@') | |
3455 { | |
3456 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); | |
3457 if (id == 0) | |
3458 { | |
3459 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); | |
3460 break; | |
3461 } | |
3462 else | |
3463 { | |
3464 /* | |
3465 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing | |
3466 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing | |
3467 * and make it empty. | |
3468 */ | |
3469 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
3470 | |
3471 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list); | |
3472 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL; | |
3473 } | |
3474 } | |
3475 else | |
3476 { | |
3477 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); | |
3478 if (id == 0) | |
3479 { | |
3480 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); | |
3481 break; | |
3482 } | |
3483 else | |
3484 syn_clear_one(id, syncing); | |
3485 } | |
3486 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
3487 } | |
3488 } | |
745 | 3489 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 3490 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
3491 } | |
3492 | |
3493 /* | |
3494 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer. | |
3495 */ | |
3496 static void | |
3497 syn_clear_one(id, syncing) | |
3498 int id; | |
3499 int syncing; | |
3500 { | |
3501 synpat_T *spp; | |
3502 int idx; | |
3503 | |
3504 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */ | |
3505 if (!syncing) | |
3506 { | |
134 | 3507 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab); |
3508 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic); | |
7 | 3509 } |
3510 | |
3511 /* clear the patterns for "id" */ | |
3512 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) | |
3513 { | |
3514 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); | |
3515 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) | |
3516 continue; | |
3517 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx); | |
3518 } | |
3519 } | |
3520 | |
3521 /* | |
3522 * Handle ":syntax on" command. | |
3523 */ | |
3524 static void | |
3525 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing) | |
3526 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3527 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3528 { |
3529 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); | |
3530 } | |
3531 | |
3532 /* | |
3533 * Handle ":syntax enable" command. | |
3534 */ | |
3535 static void | |
3536 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing) | |
3537 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3538 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3539 { |
3540 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable"); | |
3541 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); | |
148 | 3542 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); |
7 | 3543 } |
3544 | |
3545 /* | |
3546 * Handle ":syntax reset" command. | |
3547 */ | |
3548 static void | |
3549 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing) | |
3550 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3551 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3552 { |
3553 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); | |
3554 if (!eap->skip) | |
3555 { | |
3556 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset"); | |
3557 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim"); | |
148 | 3558 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); |
7 | 3559 } |
3560 } | |
3561 | |
3562 /* | |
3563 * Handle ":syntax manual" command. | |
3564 */ | |
3565 static void | |
3566 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing) | |
3567 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3568 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3569 { |
3570 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual"); | |
3571 } | |
3572 | |
3573 /* | |
3574 * Handle ":syntax off" command. | |
3575 */ | |
3576 static void | |
3577 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing) | |
3578 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 3579 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 3580 { |
3581 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax"); | |
3582 } | |
3583 | |
3584 static void | |
3585 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name) | |
3586 exarg_T *eap; | |
3587 char *name; | |
3588 { | |
3589 char_u buf[100]; | |
3590 | |
3591 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); | |
3592 if (!eap->skip) | |
3593 { | |
3594 STRCPY(buf, "so "); | |
274 | 3595 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name); |
7 | 3596 do_cmdline_cmd(buf); |
3597 } | |
3598 } | |
3599 | |
3600 /* | |
3601 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words. | |
3602 */ | |
3603 static void | |
3604 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing) | |
3605 exarg_T *eap; | |
3606 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ | |
3607 { | |
3608 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
3609 int id; | |
3610 char_u *arg_end; | |
3611 | |
3612 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
3613 if (eap->skip) | |
3614 return; | |
3615 | |
3616 if (!syntax_present(curbuf)) | |
3617 { | |
3618 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer")); | |
3619 return; | |
3620 } | |
3621 | |
3622 if (syncing) | |
3623 { | |
3624 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) | |
3625 { | |
3626 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments")); | |
3627 syn_lines_msg(); | |
3628 syn_match_msg(); | |
3629 return; | |
3630 } | |
3631 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)) | |
3632 { | |
3633 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0) | |
3634 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing")); | |
3635 else | |
3636 { | |
3637 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts ")); | |
3638 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); | |
3639 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); | |
3640 syn_match_msg(); | |
3641 } | |
3642 return; | |
3643 } | |
3644 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---")); | |
3645 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0 | |
3646 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 | |
3647 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) | |
3648 { | |
3649 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items")); | |
3650 syn_lines_msg(); | |
3651 syn_match_msg(); | |
3652 } | |
3653 } | |
3654 else | |
3655 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---")); | |
3656 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) | |
3657 { | |
3658 /* | |
3659 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters. | |
3660 */ | |
3661 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) | |
3662 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE); | |
3663 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) | |
3664 syn_list_cluster(id); | |
3665 } | |
3666 else | |
3667 { | |
3668 /* | |
3669 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument. | |
3670 */ | |
3671 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) | |
3672 { | |
3673 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
3674 if (*arg == '@') | |
3675 { | |
3676 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); | |
3677 if (id == 0) | |
3678 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); | |
3679 else | |
3680 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER); | |
3681 } | |
3682 else | |
3683 { | |
3684 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); | |
3685 if (id == 0) | |
3686 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); | |
3687 else | |
3688 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE); | |
3689 } | |
3690 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
3691 } | |
3692 } | |
3693 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); | |
3694 } | |
3695 | |
3696 static void | |
3697 syn_lines_msg() | |
3698 { | |
3699 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) | |
3700 { | |
3701 MSG_PUTS("; "); | |
3702 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) | |
3703 { | |
3704 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal ")); | |
3705 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); | |
3706 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) | |
3707 MSG_PUTS(", "); | |
3708 } | |
3709 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0) | |
3710 { | |
3711 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal ")); | |
3712 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines); | |
3713 } | |
3714 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); | |
3715 } | |
3716 } | |
3717 | |
3718 static void | |
3719 syn_match_msg() | |
3720 { | |
3721 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) | |
3722 { | |
3723 MSG_PUTS(_("; match ")); | |
3724 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks); | |
3725 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks")); | |
3726 } | |
3727 } | |
3728 | |
3729 static int last_matchgroup; | |
3730 | |
3731 struct name_list | |
3732 { | |
3733 int flag; | |
3734 char *name; | |
3735 }; | |
3736 | |
3737 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr)); | |
3738 | |
3739 /* | |
3740 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". | |
3741 */ | |
3742 static void | |
3743 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only) | |
3744 int id; | |
3745 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ | |
3746 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */ | |
3747 { | |
3748 int attr; | |
3749 int idx; | |
3750 int did_header = FALSE; | |
3751 synpat_T *spp; | |
3752 static struct name_list namelist1[] = | |
3753 { | |
3754 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"}, | |
3755 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"}, | |
3756 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"}, | |
3757 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"}, | |
3758 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"}, | |
3759 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"}, | |
3760 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"}, | |
3761 {HL_FOLD, "fold"}, | |
3762 {0, NULL} | |
3763 }; | |
3764 static struct name_list namelist2[] = | |
3765 { | |
3766 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"}, | |
3767 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"}, | |
3768 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"}, | |
3769 {0, NULL} | |
3770 }; | |
3771 | |
3772 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */ | |
3773 | |
3774 /* list the keywords for "id" */ | |
3775 if (!syncing) | |
3776 { | |
134 | 3777 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr); |
3778 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic, | |
7 | 3779 did_header, attr); |
3780 } | |
3781 | |
3782 /* list the patterns for "id" */ | |
3783 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) | |
3784 { | |
3785 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); | |
3786 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) | |
3787 continue; | |
3788 | |
3789 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); | |
3790 did_header = TRUE; | |
3791 last_matchgroup = 0; | |
3792 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) | |
3793 { | |
3794 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr); | |
3795 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3796 } | |
3797 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
3798 { | |
3799 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
3800 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3801 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) | |
3802 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3803 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len | |
3804 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END) | |
3805 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); | |
3806 --idx; | |
3807 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3808 } | |
3809 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr); | |
3810 | |
3811 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL) | |
3812 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr); | |
3813 | |
3814 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL) | |
3815 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", | |
3816 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr); | |
3817 | |
3818 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL) | |
3819 { | |
3820 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr); | |
3821 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr); | |
3822 } | |
3823 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) | |
3824 { | |
3825 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) | |
3826 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr); | |
3827 else | |
3828 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr); | |
3829 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3830 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0) | |
3831 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf) | |
3832 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name); | |
3833 else | |
3834 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
3835 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3836 } | |
3837 } | |
3838 | |
3839 /* list the link, if there is one */ | |
3840 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int) | |
3841 { | |
3842 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); | |
3843 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr); | |
3844 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3845 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); | |
3846 } | |
3847 } | |
3848 | |
3849 static void | |
3850 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr) | |
3851 struct name_list *nl; | |
3852 int flags; | |
3853 int attr; | |
3854 { | |
3855 int i; | |
3856 | |
3857 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i) | |
3858 if (flags & nl[i].flag) | |
3859 { | |
3860 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr); | |
3861 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3862 } | |
3863 } | |
3864 | |
3865 /* | |
3866 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". | |
3867 */ | |
3868 static void | |
3869 syn_list_cluster(id) | |
3870 int id; | |
3871 { | |
3872 int endcol = 15; | |
3873 | |
3874 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */ | |
3875 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
3876 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name); | |
3877 | |
3878 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ | |
3879 endcol = msg_col + 1; | |
3880 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ | |
3881 endcol = Columns - 1; | |
3882 | |
3883 msg_advance(endcol); | |
3884 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL) | |
3885 { | |
3886 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list, | |
3887 hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
3888 } | |
3889 else | |
3890 { | |
3891 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
3892 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE"); | |
3893 } | |
3894 } | |
3895 | |
3896 static void | |
3897 put_id_list(name, list, attr) | |
3898 char_u *name; | |
3899 short *list; | |
3900 int attr; | |
3901 { | |
3902 short *p; | |
3903 | |
3904 msg_puts_attr(name, attr); | |
3905 msg_putchar('='); | |
3906 for (p = list; *p; ++p) | |
3907 { | |
3908 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP) | |
3909 { | |
3910 if (p[1]) | |
3911 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT"); | |
3912 else | |
3913 MSG_PUTS("ALL"); | |
3914 } | |
3915 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED) | |
3916 { | |
3917 MSG_PUTS("TOP"); | |
3918 } | |
3919 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
3920 { | |
3921 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED"); | |
3922 } | |
3923 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
3924 { | |
3925 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
3926 | |
3927 msg_putchar('@'); | |
3928 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name); | |
3929 } | |
3930 else | |
3931 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name); | |
3932 if (p[1]) | |
3933 msg_putchar(','); | |
3934 } | |
3935 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3936 } | |
3937 | |
3938 static void | |
3939 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr) | |
3940 char *s; | |
3941 int c; | |
3942 synpat_T *spp; | |
3943 int attr; | |
3944 { | |
3945 long n; | |
3946 int mask; | |
3947 int first; | |
3948 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&"; | |
3949 int i; | |
3950 | |
3951 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */ | |
3952 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id) | |
3953 { | |
3954 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id; | |
3955 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr); | |
3956 msg_putchar('='); | |
3957 if (last_matchgroup == 0) | |
3958 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE"); | |
3959 else | |
3960 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name); | |
3961 msg_putchar(' '); | |
3962 } | |
3963 | |
3964 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */ | |
3965 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr); | |
3966 msg_putchar(c); | |
3967 | |
3968 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */ | |
3969 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; ) | |
3970 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL) | |
3971 { | |
3972 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */ | |
3973 break; | |
3974 } | |
3975 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); | |
3976 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern); | |
3977 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); | |
3978 | |
3979 /* output any pattern options */ | |
3980 first = TRUE; | |
3981 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i) | |
3982 { | |
3983 mask = (1 << i); | |
3984 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT))) | |
3985 { | |
3986 if (!first) | |
3987 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */ | |
3988 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]); | |
3989 n = spp->sp_offsets[i]; | |
3990 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF) | |
3991 { | |
3992 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask) | |
3993 msg_putchar('s'); | |
3994 else | |
3995 msg_putchar('e'); | |
3996 if (n > 0) | |
3997 msg_putchar('+'); | |
3998 } | |
3999 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF) | |
4000 msg_outnum(n); | |
4001 first = FALSE; | |
4002 } | |
4003 } | |
4004 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4005 } | |
4006 | |
4007 /* | |
4008 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group. | |
4009 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed. | |
4010 */ | |
4011 static int | |
134 | 4012 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr) |
7 | 4013 int id; |
134 | 4014 hashtab_T *ht; |
7 | 4015 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */ |
4016 int attr; | |
4017 { | |
4018 int outlen; | |
134 | 4019 hashitem_T *hi; |
4020 keyentry_T *kp; | |
4021 int todo; | |
7 | 4022 int prev_contained = 0; |
4023 short *prev_next_list = NULL; | |
4024 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4025 int prev_skipnl = 0; | |
4026 int prev_skipwhite = 0; | |
4027 int prev_skipempty = 0; | |
4028 | |
4029 /* | |
4030 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on | |
4031 * hash value... | |
4032 */ | |
835 | 4033 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; |
134 | 4034 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) |
4035 { | |
4036 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) | |
4037 { | |
4038 --todo; | |
4039 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next) | |
7 | 4040 { |
134 | 4041 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) |
7 | 4042 { |
134 | 4043 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) |
4044 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) | |
4045 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
4046 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
4047 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list | |
4048 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list) | |
4049 outlen = 9999; | |
4050 else | |
4051 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword); | |
4052 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */ | |
4053 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)) | |
4054 { | |
4055 prev_contained = 0; | |
4056 prev_next_list = NULL; | |
4057 prev_cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4058 prev_skipnl = 0; | |
4059 prev_skipwhite = 0; | |
4060 prev_skipempty = 0; | |
4061 } | |
4062 did_header = TRUE; | |
4063 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)) | |
4064 { | |
4065 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr); | |
4066 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4067 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED); | |
4068 } | |
4069 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list) | |
4070 { | |
4071 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", | |
4072 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr); | |
4073 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4074 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list; | |
4075 } | |
4076 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list) | |
4077 { | |
4078 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr); | |
4079 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4080 prev_next_list = kp->next_list; | |
4081 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) | |
4082 { | |
4083 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr); | |
4084 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4085 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL); | |
4086 } | |
4087 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) | |
4088 { | |
4089 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr); | |
4090 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4091 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE); | |
4092 } | |
4093 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) | |
4094 { | |
4095 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr); | |
4096 msg_putchar(' '); | |
4097 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY); | |
4098 } | |
4099 } | |
4100 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword); | |
7 | 4101 } |
4102 } | |
4103 } | |
4104 } | |
4105 | |
4106 return did_header; | |
4107 } | |
4108 | |
4109 static void | |
134 | 4110 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht) |
7 | 4111 int id; |
134 | 4112 hashtab_T *ht; |
4113 { | |
4114 hashitem_T *hi; | |
4115 keyentry_T *kp; | |
4116 keyentry_T *kp_prev; | |
4117 keyentry_T *kp_next; | |
4118 int todo; | |
4119 | |
4120 hash_lock(ht); | |
835 | 4121 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; |
134 | 4122 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) |
4123 { | |
4124 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) | |
4125 { | |
4126 --todo; | |
4127 kp_prev = NULL; | |
4128 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; ) | |
7 | 4129 { |
134 | 4130 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) |
4131 { | |
4132 kp_next = kp->ke_next; | |
4133 if (kp_prev == NULL) | |
4134 { | |
4135 if (kp_next == NULL) | |
4136 hash_remove(ht, hi); | |
4137 else | |
4138 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next); | |
4139 } | |
4140 else | |
4141 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next; | |
4142 vim_free(kp->next_list); | |
4143 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); | |
4144 vim_free(kp); | |
4145 kp = kp_next; | |
4146 } | |
7 | 4147 else |
134 | 4148 { |
4149 kp_prev = kp; | |
4150 kp = kp->ke_next; | |
4151 } | |
7 | 4152 } |
134 | 4153 } |
4154 } | |
4155 hash_unlock(ht); | |
4156 } | |
4157 | |
4158 /* | |
4159 * Clear a whole keyword table. | |
7 | 4160 */ |
4161 static void | |
134 | 4162 clear_keywtab(ht) |
4163 hashtab_T *ht; | |
4164 { | |
4165 hashitem_T *hi; | |
4166 int todo; | |
4167 keyentry_T *kp; | |
4168 keyentry_T *kp_next; | |
4169 | |
835 | 4170 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; |
134 | 4171 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) |
4172 { | |
4173 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) | |
4174 { | |
4175 --todo; | |
4176 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next) | |
7 | 4177 { |
134 | 4178 kp_next = kp->ke_next; |
4179 vim_free(kp->next_list); | |
4180 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); | |
4181 vim_free(kp); | |
7 | 4182 } |
134 | 4183 } |
4184 } | |
4185 hash_clear(ht); | |
4186 hash_init(ht); | |
7 | 4187 } |
4188 | |
4189 /* | |
4190 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords. | |
4191 */ | |
4192 static void | |
4193 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list) | |
4194 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */ | |
4195 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */ | |
4196 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */ | |
4197 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */ | |
4198 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */ | |
4199 { | |
134 | 4200 keyentry_T *kp; |
4201 hashtab_T *ht; | |
4202 hashitem_T *hi; | |
154 | 4203 char_u *name_ic; |
134 | 4204 long_u hash; |
154 | 4205 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; |
7 | 4206 |
4207 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) | |
154 | 4208 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name), |
4209 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); | |
4210 else | |
4211 name_ic = name; | |
134 | 4212 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic))); |
4213 if (kp == NULL) | |
4214 return; | |
4215 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic); | |
4216 kp->k_syn.id = id; | |
4217 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4218 kp->flags = flags; | |
4219 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list); | |
4220 if (cont_in_list != NULL) | |
4221 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; | |
4222 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list); | |
4223 | |
4224 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) | |
4225 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic; | |
7 | 4226 else |
134 | 4227 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab; |
4228 | |
4229 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword); | |
4230 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash); | |
4231 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) | |
4232 { | |
4233 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */ | |
4234 kp->ke_next = NULL; | |
4235 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash); | |
4236 } | |
4237 else | |
4238 { | |
4239 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */ | |
4240 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi); | |
4241 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp); | |
4242 } | |
7 | 4243 } |
4244 | |
4245 /* | |
4246 * Get the start and end of the group name argument. | |
4247 * Return a pointer to the first argument. | |
4248 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args. | |
4249 */ | |
4250 static char_u * | |
4251 get_group_name(arg, name_end) | |
4252 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */ | |
4253 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */ | |
4254 { | |
4255 char_u *rest; | |
4256 | |
4257 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg); | |
4258 rest = skipwhite(*name_end); | |
4259 | |
4260 /* | |
4261 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a | |
4262 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL. | |
4263 */ | |
4264 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL) | |
4265 return NULL; | |
4266 return rest; | |
4267 } | |
4268 | |
4269 /* | |
4270 * Check for syntax command option arguments. | |
4271 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks | |
4272 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to | |
4273 * collect all options in between other arguments. | |
4274 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option). | |
4275 * Return NULL for any error; | |
4276 */ | |
4277 static char_u * | |
154 | 4278 get_syn_options(arg, opt) |
4279 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */ | |
4280 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */ | |
4281 { | |
7 | 4282 char_u *gname_start, *gname; |
4283 int syn_id; | |
4284 int len; | |
154 | 4285 char *p; |
7 | 4286 int i; |
4287 int fidx; | |
4288 static struct flag | |
4289 { | |
4290 char *name; | |
154 | 4291 int argtype; |
4292 int flags; | |
4293 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED}, | |
4294 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE}, | |
4295 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND}, | |
4296 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND}, | |
4297 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL}, | |
4298 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP}, | |
4299 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL}, | |
4300 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE}, | |
4301 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY}, | |
4302 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE}, | |
4303 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE}, | |
4304 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY}, | |
4305 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD}, | |
4306 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0}, | |
4307 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0}, | |
4308 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0}, | |
7 | 4309 }; |
154 | 4310 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN"; |
7 | 4311 |
4312 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */ | |
4313 return NULL; | |
4314 | |
4315 for (;;) | |
4316 { | |
154 | 4317 /* |
4318 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined. | |
4319 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found. | |
4320 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow. | |
4321 */ | |
4322 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL) | |
4323 break; | |
7 | 4324 |
4325 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; ) | |
4326 { | |
154 | 4327 p = flagtab[fidx].name; |
4328 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len) | |
4329 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1]) | |
4330 break; | |
4331 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len]) | |
4332 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0 | |
4333 ? arg[len] == '=' | |
4334 : ends_excmd(arg[len])))) | |
7 | 4335 { |
154 | 4336 if (opt->keyword |
4337 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY | |
4338 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD | |
4339 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND)) | |
7 | 4340 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */ |
4341 fidx = -1; | |
4342 break; | |
4343 } | |
4344 } | |
154 | 4345 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */ |
4346 break; | |
4347 | |
4348 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1) | |
4349 { | |
4350 if (!opt->has_cont_list) | |
7 | 4351 { |
4352 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here")); | |
4353 return NULL; | |
4354 } | |
154 | 4355 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL) |
7 | 4356 return NULL; |
4357 } | |
154 | 4358 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2) |
4359 { | |
4360 #if 0 /* cannot happen */ | |
4361 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL) | |
7 | 4362 { |
4363 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here")); | |
4364 return NULL; | |
4365 } | |
154 | 4366 #endif |
4367 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL) | |
7 | 4368 return NULL; |
4369 } | |
154 | 4370 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3) |
4371 { | |
4372 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL) | |
7 | 4373 return NULL; |
4374 } | |
4375 else | |
154 | 4376 { |
4377 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags; | |
4378 arg = skipwhite(arg + len); | |
4379 | |
4380 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE | |
4381 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE) | |
4382 { | |
4383 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL) | |
4384 { | |
4385 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here")); | |
4386 return NULL; | |
4387 } | |
4388 gname_start = arg; | |
4389 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
4390 if (gname_start == arg) | |
4391 return NULL; | |
4392 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start)); | |
4393 if (gname == NULL) | |
4394 return NULL; | |
4395 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0) | |
4396 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX; | |
4397 else | |
4398 { | |
4399 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname); | |
4400 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
4401 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id | |
4402 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) | |
4403 { | |
4404 *opt->sync_idx = i; | |
4405 break; | |
4406 } | |
4407 if (i < 0) | |
4408 { | |
4409 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname); | |
4410 vim_free(gname); | |
4411 return NULL; | |
4412 } | |
4413 } | |
4414 | |
4415 vim_free(gname); | |
4416 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
4417 } | |
4418 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
4419 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD | |
4420 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin)) | |
4421 /* Need to update folds later. */ | |
4422 foldUpdateAll(curwin); | |
4423 #endif | |
4424 } | |
4425 } | |
7 | 4426 |
4427 return arg; | |
4428 } | |
4429 | |
4430 /* | |
4431 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file. | |
4432 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it | |
4433 * to the specified top-level group, if any. | |
4434 */ | |
4435 static void | |
4436 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp) | |
4437 int id; | |
4438 int *flagsp; | |
4439 { | |
4440 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0) | |
4441 return; | |
4442 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED; | |
4443 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
4444 { | |
4445 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */ | |
4446 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short))); | |
4447 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
4448 | |
4449 if (grp_list != NULL) | |
4450 { | |
4451 grp_list[0] = id; | |
4452 grp_list[1] = 0; | |
4453 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list, | |
4454 CLUSTER_ADD); | |
4455 } | |
4456 } | |
4457 } | |
4458 | |
4459 /* | |
4460 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command. | |
4461 */ | |
4462 static void | |
4463 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing) | |
4464 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 4465 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 4466 { |
4467 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4468 int sgl_id = 1; | |
4469 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4470 char_u *rest; | |
4471 char_u *errormsg = NULL; | |
4472 int prev_toplvl_grp; | |
4473 int prev_syn_inc_tag; | |
4474 int source = FALSE; | |
4475 | |
4476 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
4477 if (eap->skip) | |
4478 return; | |
4479 | |
4480 if (arg[0] == '@') | |
4481 { | |
4482 ++arg; | |
4483 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4484 if (rest == NULL) | |
4485 { | |
4486 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required")); | |
4487 return; | |
4488 } | |
4489 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); | |
4490 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */ | |
4491 eap->arg = rest; | |
4492 } | |
4493 | |
4494 /* | |
4495 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the | |
4496 * filename to include. | |
4497 */ | |
4498 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC); | |
4499 separate_nextcmd(eap); | |
4500 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg)) | |
4501 { | |
4502 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the | |
4503 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases | |
4504 * ":runtime!" is used. */ | |
4505 source = TRUE; | |
4506 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL) | |
4507 { | |
4508 if (errormsg != NULL) | |
4509 EMSG(errormsg); | |
4510 return; | |
4511 } | |
4512 } | |
4513 | |
4514 /* | |
4515 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn | |
4516 * include" tag around the actual inclusion. | |
4517 */ | |
4518 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4519 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag; | |
4520 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp; | |
4521 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id; | |
1299 | 4522 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL |
4523 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
7 | 4524 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg); |
4525 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp; | |
4526 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag; | |
4527 } | |
4528 | |
4529 /* | |
4530 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command. | |
4531 */ | |
4532 static void | |
4533 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing) | |
4534 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 4535 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 4536 { |
4537 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4538 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4539 int syn_id; | |
4540 char_u *rest; | |
4541 char_u *keyword_copy; | |
4542 char_u *p; | |
154 | 4543 char_u *kw; |
4544 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; | |
4545 int cnt; | |
7 | 4546 |
4547 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4548 | |
4549 if (rest != NULL) | |
4550 { | |
4551 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); | |
4552 | |
4553 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */ | |
4554 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1); | |
4555 if (keyword_copy != NULL) | |
4556 { | |
154 | 4557 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; |
4558 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE; | |
4559 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; | |
4560 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE; | |
4561 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4562 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; | |
4563 | |
7 | 4564 /* |
4565 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be | |
4566 * found before keywords can be created. | |
154 | 4567 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy. |
7 | 4568 */ |
154 | 4569 cnt = 0; |
4570 p = keyword_copy; | |
4571 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest)) | |
7 | 4572 { |
154 | 4573 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); |
4574 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
4575 break; | |
4576 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */ | |
4577 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest)) | |
4578 { | |
4579 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL) | |
4580 ++rest; | |
4581 *p++ = *rest++; | |
4582 } | |
4583 *p++ = NUL; | |
4584 ++cnt; | |
4585 } | |
4586 | |
4587 if (!eap->skip) | |
4588 { | |
4589 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */ | |
4590 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); | |
4591 | |
7 | 4592 /* |
154 | 4593 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword. |
7 | 4594 */ |
154 | 4595 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1) |
7 | 4596 { |
154 | 4597 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; ) |
7 | 4598 { |
154 | 4599 if (p != NULL) |
4600 *p = NUL; | |
4601 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags, | |
4602 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list, | |
4603 syn_opt_arg.next_list); | |
168 | 4604 if (p == NULL) |
4605 break; | |
4606 if (p[1] == NUL) | |
4607 { | |
838 | 4608 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw); |
168 | 4609 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */ |
154 | 4610 break; |
168 | 4611 } |
4612 if (p[1] == ']') | |
4613 { | |
4614 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */ | |
4615 break; | |
4616 } | |
154 | 4617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4618 if (has_mbyte) | |
7 | 4619 { |
474 | 4620 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1); |
154 | 4621 |
4622 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l); | |
4623 p += l; | |
4624 } | |
4625 else | |
7 | 4626 #endif |
154 | 4627 { |
4628 p[0] = p[1]; | |
4629 ++p; | |
7 | 4630 } |
4631 } | |
4632 } | |
4633 } | |
154 | 4634 |
7 | 4635 vim_free(keyword_copy); |
168 | 4636 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); |
4637 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); | |
7 | 4638 } |
4639 } | |
4640 | |
4641 if (rest != NULL) | |
4642 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4643 else | |
4644 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
4645 | |
745 | 4646 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4647 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
4648 } | |
4649 | |
4650 /* | |
4651 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]". | |
4652 * | |
4653 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .." | |
4654 */ | |
4655 static void | |
4656 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing) | |
4657 exarg_T *eap; | |
4658 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */ | |
4659 { | |
4660 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4661 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4662 char_u *rest; | |
4663 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */ | |
4664 int syn_id; | |
4665 int idx; | |
154 | 4666 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; |
7 | 4667 int sync_idx = 0; |
4668 | |
4669 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ | |
4670 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4671 | |
4672 /* Get options before the pattern */ | |
154 | 4673 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; |
4674 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; | |
4675 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL; | |
4676 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; | |
4677 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; | |
4678 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4679 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; | |
4680 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); | |
7 | 4681 |
4682 /* get the pattern. */ | |
4683 init_syn_patterns(); | |
4684 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item)); | |
4685 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item); | |
154 | 4686 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) |
4687 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; | |
7 | 4688 |
4689 /* Get options after the pattern */ | |
154 | 4690 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); |
7 | 4691 |
4692 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */ | |
4693 { | |
4694 /* | |
4695 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments. | |
4696 */ | |
4697 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4698 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) | |
4699 rest = NULL; | |
4700 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL | |
4701 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, | |
4702 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) | |
4703 { | |
154 | 4704 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); |
7 | 4705 /* |
4706 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list | |
4707 */ | |
4708 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4709 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item; | |
4710 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; | |
4711 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH; | |
4712 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; | |
4713 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
154 | 4714 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags; |
7 | 4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx; |
154 | 4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list; |
4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = | |
4718 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; | |
4719 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) | |
7 | 4720 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; |
154 | 4721 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list; |
7 | 4722 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; |
4723 | |
4724 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */ | |
154 | 4725 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) |
7 | 4726 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH; |
4727 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
154 | 4728 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) |
7 | 4729 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; |
4730 #endif | |
4731 | |
745 | 4732 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4733 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
4734 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ | |
4735 } | |
4736 } | |
4737 | |
4738 /* | |
4739 * Something failed, free the allocated memory. | |
4740 */ | |
4741 vim_free(item.sp_prog); | |
4742 vim_free(item.sp_pattern); | |
154 | 4743 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); |
4744 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); | |
4745 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); | |
7 | 4746 |
4747 if (rest == NULL) | |
4748 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
4749 } | |
4750 | |
4751 /* | |
4752 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}] | |
4753 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]". | |
4754 */ | |
4755 static void | |
4756 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing) | |
4757 exarg_T *eap; | |
4758 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */ | |
4759 { | |
4760 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
4761 char_u *group_name_end; | |
4762 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */ | |
4763 char_u *key_end; | |
4764 char_u *key = NULL; | |
4765 char_u *p; | |
4766 int item; | |
4767 #define ITEM_START 0 | |
4768 #define ITEM_SKIP 1 | |
4769 #define ITEM_END 2 | |
4770 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3 | |
4771 struct pat_ptr | |
4772 { | |
4773 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */ | |
4774 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */ | |
4775 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */ | |
4776 } *(pat_ptrs[3]); | |
4777 /* patterns found in the line */ | |
4778 struct pat_ptr *ppp; | |
4779 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next; | |
4780 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */ | |
4781 int syn_id; | |
4782 int matchgroup_id = 0; | |
4783 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */ | |
4784 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */ | |
4785 int success = FALSE; | |
4786 int idx; | |
154 | 4787 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; |
7 | 4788 |
4789 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ | |
4790 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
4791 | |
4792 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL; | |
4793 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL; | |
4794 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL; | |
4795 | |
4796 init_syn_patterns(); | |
4797 | |
154 | 4798 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; |
4799 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; | |
4800 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; | |
4801 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; | |
4802 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; | |
4803 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; | |
4804 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; | |
4805 | |
7 | 4806 /* |
4807 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup. | |
4808 */ | |
4809 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
4810 { | |
4811 /* Check for option arguments */ | |
154 | 4812 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); |
7 | 4813 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) |
4814 break; | |
4815 | |
4816 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */ | |
4817 key_end = rest; | |
4818 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=') | |
4819 ++key_end; | |
4820 vim_free(key); | |
4821 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest)); | |
4822 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
4823 { | |
4824 rest = NULL; | |
4825 break; | |
4826 } | |
4827 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0) | |
4828 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP; | |
4829 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0) | |
4830 item = ITEM_START; | |
4831 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0) | |
4832 item = ITEM_END; | |
4833 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0) | |
4834 { | |
4835 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */ | |
4836 { | |
4837 illegal = TRUE; | |
4838 break; | |
4839 } | |
4840 item = ITEM_SKIP; | |
4841 } | |
4842 else | |
4843 break; | |
4844 rest = skipwhite(key_end); | |
4845 if (*rest != '=') | |
4846 { | |
4847 rest = NULL; | |
4848 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg); | |
4849 break; | |
4850 } | |
4851 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1); | |
4852 if (*rest == NUL) | |
4853 { | |
4854 not_enough = TRUE; | |
4855 break; | |
4856 } | |
4857 | |
4858 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP) | |
4859 { | |
4860 p = skiptowhite(rest); | |
4861 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip) | |
4862 matchgroup_id = 0; | |
4863 else | |
4864 { | |
4865 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest)); | |
4866 if (matchgroup_id == 0) | |
4867 { | |
4868 illegal = TRUE; | |
4869 break; | |
4870 } | |
4871 } | |
4872 rest = skipwhite(p); | |
4873 } | |
4874 else | |
4875 { | |
4876 /* | |
4877 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of | |
4878 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is | |
4879 * used from end to start). | |
4880 */ | |
4881 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr)); | |
4882 if (ppp == NULL) | |
4883 { | |
4884 rest = NULL; | |
4885 break; | |
4886 } | |
4887 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item]; | |
4888 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp; | |
4889 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T)); | |
4890 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL) | |
4891 { | |
4892 rest = NULL; | |
4893 break; | |
4894 } | |
4895 | |
4896 /* | |
4897 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s). | |
4898 */ | |
4899 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */ | |
4900 if (item == ITEM_START) | |
4901 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET; | |
4902 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END) | |
4903 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE; | |
4904 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp); | |
4905 reg_do_extmatch = 0; | |
4906 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol() | |
154 | 4907 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) |
7 | 4908 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; |
4909 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id; | |
4910 ++pat_count; | |
4911 } | |
4912 } | |
4913 vim_free(key); | |
4914 if (illegal || not_enough) | |
4915 rest = NULL; | |
4916 | |
4917 /* | |
4918 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern. | |
4919 */ | |
4920 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL || | |
4921 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL)) | |
4922 { | |
4923 not_enough = TRUE; | |
4924 rest = NULL; | |
4925 } | |
4926 | |
4927 if (rest != NULL) | |
4928 { | |
4929 /* | |
4930 * Check for trailing garbage or command. | |
4931 * If OK, add the item. | |
4932 */ | |
4933 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); | |
4934 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) | |
4935 rest = NULL; | |
4936 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL | |
4937 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, | |
4938 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) | |
4939 { | |
154 | 4940 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); |
7 | 4941 /* |
4942 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list | |
4943 */ | |
4944 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4945 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) | |
4946 { | |
4947 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next) | |
4948 { | |
4949 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp); | |
4950 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; | |
4951 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = | |
4952 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START : | |
4953 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END; | |
154 | 4954 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags; |
7 | 4955 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; |
4956 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; | |
4957 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id = | |
4958 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id; | |
4959 if (item == ITEM_START) | |
4960 { | |
154 | 4961 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = |
4962 syn_opt_arg.cont_list; | |
7 | 4963 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = |
154 | 4964 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; |
4965 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) | |
7 | 4966 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; |
154 | 4967 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = |
4968 syn_opt_arg.next_list; | |
7 | 4969 } |
4970 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; | |
4971 ++idx; | |
4972 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
154 | 4973 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) |
7 | 4974 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; |
4975 #endif | |
4976 } | |
4977 } | |
4978 | |
745 | 4979 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4980 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
4981 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ | |
4982 } | |
4983 } | |
4984 | |
4985 /* | |
4986 * Free the allocated memory. | |
4987 */ | |
4988 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) | |
4989 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next) | |
4990 { | |
4991 if (!success) | |
4992 { | |
4993 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog); | |
4994 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern); | |
4995 } | |
4996 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp); | |
4997 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next; | |
4998 vim_free(ppp); | |
4999 } | |
5000 | |
5001 if (!success) | |
5002 { | |
154 | 5003 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); |
5004 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); | |
5005 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); | |
7 | 5006 if (not_enough) |
5007 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg); | |
5008 else if (illegal || rest == NULL) | |
5009 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
5010 } | |
5011 } | |
5012 | |
5013 /* | |
5014 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort() | |
5015 */ | |
5016 static int | |
5017 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
5018 _RTLENTRYF | |
5019 #endif | |
5020 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2) | |
5021 const void *v1; | |
5022 const void *v2; | |
5023 { | |
5024 const short *s1 = v1; | |
5025 const short *s2 = v2; | |
5026 | |
5027 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0); | |
5028 } | |
5029 | |
5030 /* | |
5031 * Combines lists of syntax clusters. | |
5032 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed. | |
5033 */ | |
5034 static void | |
5035 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op) | |
5036 short **clstr1; | |
5037 short **clstr2; | |
5038 int list_op; | |
5039 { | |
5040 int count1 = 0; | |
5041 int count2 = 0; | |
5042 short *g1; | |
5043 short *g2; | |
5044 short *clstr = NULL; | |
5045 int count; | |
5046 int round; | |
5047 | |
5048 /* | |
5049 * Handle degenerate cases. | |
5050 */ | |
5051 if (*clstr2 == NULL) | |
5052 return; | |
5053 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) | |
5054 { | |
5055 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) | |
5056 vim_free(*clstr1); | |
5057 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
5058 *clstr1 = *clstr2; | |
5059 else | |
5060 vim_free(*clstr2); | |
5061 return; | |
5062 } | |
5063 | |
5064 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++) | |
5065 ++count1; | |
5066 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++) | |
5067 ++count2; | |
5068 | |
5069 /* | |
5070 * For speed purposes, sort both lists. | |
5071 */ | |
5072 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); | |
5073 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); | |
5074 | |
5075 /* | |
5076 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place | |
5077 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new | |
5078 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller | |
5079 * of the current elements in each list to the new list. | |
5080 */ | |
5081 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++) | |
5082 { | |
5083 g1 = *clstr1; | |
5084 g2 = *clstr2; | |
5085 count = 0; | |
5086 | |
5087 /* | |
5088 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty. | |
5089 */ | |
5090 while (*g1 && *g2) | |
5091 { | |
5092 /* | |
5093 * We always want to add from the first list. | |
5094 */ | |
5095 if (*g1 < *g2) | |
5096 { | |
5097 if (round == 2) | |
5098 clstr[count] = *g1; | |
5099 count++; | |
5100 g1++; | |
5101 continue; | |
5102 } | |
5103 /* | |
5104 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the | |
5105 * lists. | |
5106 */ | |
5107 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
5108 { | |
5109 if (round == 2) | |
5110 clstr[count] = *g2; | |
5111 count++; | |
5112 } | |
5113 if (*g1 == *g2) | |
5114 g1++; | |
5115 g2++; | |
5116 } | |
5117 | |
5118 /* | |
5119 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished | |
5120 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if | |
5121 * we're adding the lists. | |
5122 */ | |
5123 for (; *g1; g1++, count++) | |
5124 if (round == 2) | |
5125 clstr[count] = *g1; | |
5126 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) | |
5127 for (; *g2; g2++, count++) | |
5128 if (round == 2) | |
5129 clstr[count] = *g2; | |
5130 | |
5131 if (round == 1) | |
5132 { | |
5133 /* | |
5134 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any | |
5135 * space for it. | |
5136 */ | |
5137 if (count == 0) | |
5138 { | |
5139 clstr = NULL; | |
5140 break; | |
5141 } | |
5142 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); | |
5143 if (clstr == NULL) | |
5144 break; | |
5145 clstr[count] = 0; | |
5146 } | |
5147 } | |
5148 | |
5149 /* | |
5150 * Finally, put the new list in place. | |
5151 */ | |
5152 vim_free(*clstr1); | |
5153 vim_free(*clstr2); | |
5154 *clstr1 = clstr; | |
5155 } | |
5156 | |
5157 /* | |
5158 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID. | |
5159 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. | |
5160 */ | |
5161 static int | |
5162 syn_scl_name2id(name) | |
5163 char_u *name; | |
5164 { | |
5165 int i; | |
5166 char_u *name_u; | |
5167 | |
5168 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ | |
5169 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
5170 if (name_u == NULL) | |
5171 return 0; | |
5172 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
5173 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL | |
5174 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0) | |
5175 break; | |
5176 vim_free(name_u); | |
5177 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER); | |
5178 } | |
5179 | |
5180 /* | |
5181 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. | |
5182 */ | |
5183 static int | |
5184 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len) | |
5185 char_u *linep; | |
5186 int len; | |
5187 { | |
5188 char_u *name; | |
5189 int id = 0; | |
5190 | |
5191 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); | |
5192 if (name != NULL) | |
5193 { | |
5194 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); | |
5195 vim_free(name); | |
5196 } | |
5197 return id; | |
5198 } | |
5199 | |
5200 /* | |
5201 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID. | |
5202 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. | |
5203 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. | |
5204 * Return 0 for failure. | |
5205 */ | |
5206 static int | |
5207 syn_check_cluster(pp, len) | |
5208 char_u *pp; | |
5209 int len; | |
5210 { | |
5211 int id; | |
5212 char_u *name; | |
5213 | |
5214 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); | |
5215 if (name == NULL) | |
5216 return 0; | |
5217 | |
5218 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); | |
5219 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ | |
5220 id = syn_add_cluster(name); | |
5221 else | |
5222 vim_free(name); | |
5223 return id; | |
5224 } | |
5225 | |
5226 /* | |
5227 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID. | |
5228 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. | |
5229 * Return 0 for failure. | |
5230 */ | |
5231 static int | |
5232 syn_add_cluster(name) | |
221 | 5233 char_u *name; |
5234 { | |
5235 int len; | |
7 | 5236 |
5237 /* | |
5238 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. | |
5239 */ | |
5240 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL) | |
5241 { | |
221 | 5242 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T); |
7 | 5243 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10; |
5244 } | |
5245 | |
5246 /* | |
5247 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry. | |
5248 */ | |
5249 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL) | |
5250 { | |
5251 vim_free(name); | |
5252 return 0; | |
5253 } | |
5254 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; | |
5255 | |
221 | 5256 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T)); |
7 | 5257 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name; |
5258 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
5259 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL; | |
5260 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; | |
5261 | |
221 | 5262 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0) |
5263 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
227 | 5264 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0) |
5265 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; | |
221 | 5266 |
7 | 5267 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER; |
5268 } | |
5269 | |
5270 /* | |
5271 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..] | |
5272 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]". | |
5273 */ | |
5274 static void | |
5275 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing) | |
5276 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 5277 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 5278 { |
5279 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
5280 char_u *group_name_end; | |
5281 char_u *rest; | |
5282 int scl_id; | |
5283 short *clstr_list; | |
5284 int got_clstr = FALSE; | |
5285 int opt_len; | |
5286 int list_op; | |
5287 | |
5288 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); | |
5289 if (eap->skip) | |
5290 return; | |
5291 | |
5292 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); | |
5293 | |
5294 if (rest != NULL) | |
5295 { | |
5296 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)) | |
221 | 5297 - SYNID_CLUSTER; |
7 | 5298 |
5299 for (;;) | |
5300 { | |
5301 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0 | |
5302 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '=')) | |
5303 { | |
5304 opt_len = 3; | |
5305 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD; | |
5306 } | |
5307 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0 | |
5308 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '=')) | |
5309 { | |
5310 opt_len = 6; | |
5311 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT; | |
5312 } | |
5313 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0 | |
5314 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '=')) | |
5315 { | |
5316 opt_len = 8; | |
5317 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE; | |
5318 } | |
5319 else | |
5320 break; | |
5321 | |
5322 clstr_list = NULL; | |
5323 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL) | |
5324 { | |
5325 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest); | |
5326 break; | |
5327 } | |
5328 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list, | |
5329 &clstr_list, list_op); | |
5330 got_clstr = TRUE; | |
5331 } | |
5332 | |
5333 if (got_clstr) | |
5334 { | |
745 | 5335 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 5336 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
5337 } | |
5338 } | |
5339 | |
5340 if (!got_clstr) | |
5341 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified")); | |
5342 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest)) | |
5343 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
5344 } | |
5345 | |
5346 /* | |
5347 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array. | |
5348 */ | |
5349 static void | |
5350 init_syn_patterns() | |
5351 { | |
5352 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T); | |
5353 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10; | |
5354 } | |
5355 | |
5356 /* | |
5357 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command. | |
5358 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T. | |
5359 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error. | |
5360 */ | |
5361 static char_u * | |
5362 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci) | |
5363 char_u *arg; | |
5364 synpat_T *ci; | |
5365 { | |
5366 char_u *end; | |
5367 int *p; | |
5368 int idx; | |
5369 char_u *cpo_save; | |
5370 | |
5371 /* need at least three chars */ | |
5372 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL) | |
5373 return NULL; | |
5374 | |
5375 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL); | |
5376 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */ | |
5377 { | |
5378 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg); | |
5379 return NULL; | |
5380 } | |
5381 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ | |
5382 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL) | |
5383 return NULL; | |
5384 | |
5385 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ | |
5386 cpo_save = p_cpo; | |
5387 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; | |
5388 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC); | |
5389 p_cpo = cpo_save; | |
5390 | |
5391 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL) | |
5392 return NULL; | |
5393 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; | |
5394 | |
5395 /* | |
5396 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset. | |
5397 */ | |
5398 ++end; | |
5399 do | |
5400 { | |
5401 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; ) | |
5402 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0) | |
5403 break; | |
5404 if (idx >= 0) | |
5405 { | |
5406 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]); | |
5407 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF) | |
5408 switch (end[3]) | |
5409 { | |
5410 case 's': break; | |
5411 case 'b': break; | |
5412 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break; | |
5413 default: idx = -1; break; | |
5414 } | |
5415 if (idx >= 0) | |
5416 { | |
5417 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx); | |
5418 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */ | |
5419 { | |
5420 end += 3; | |
5421 *p = getdigits(&end); | |
5422 | |
5423 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */ | |
5424 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF))) | |
5425 { | |
5426 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF); | |
5427 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p; | |
5428 } | |
5429 } | |
5430 else /* yy=x+99 */ | |
5431 { | |
5432 end += 4; | |
5433 if (*end == '+') | |
5434 { | |
5435 ++end; | |
5436 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */ | |
5437 } | |
5438 else if (*end == '-') | |
5439 { | |
5440 ++end; | |
5441 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */ | |
5442 } | |
5443 } | |
5444 if (*end != ',') | |
5445 break; | |
5446 ++end; | |
5447 } | |
5448 } | |
5449 } while (idx >= 0); | |
5450 | |
5451 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end)) | |
5452 { | |
5453 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg); | |
5454 return NULL; | |
5455 } | |
5456 return skipwhite(end); | |
5457 } | |
5458 | |
5459 /* | |
5460 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command. | |
5461 */ | |
5462 static void | |
5463 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing) | |
5464 exarg_T *eap; | |
1883 | 5465 int syncing UNUSED; |
7 | 5466 { |
5467 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg; | |
5468 char_u *arg_end; | |
5469 char_u *key = NULL; | |
5470 char_u *next_arg; | |
5471 int illegal = FALSE; | |
5472 int finished = FALSE; | |
5473 long n; | |
5474 char_u *cpo_save; | |
5475 | |
5476 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start)) | |
5477 { | |
5478 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE); | |
5479 return; | |
5480 } | |
5481 | |
5482 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start)) | |
5483 { | |
5484 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start); | |
5485 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
5486 vim_free(key); | |
5487 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start)); | |
5488 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0) | |
5489 { | |
5490 if (!eap->skip) | |
5491 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT; | |
5492 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg)) | |
5493 { | |
5494 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg); | |
5495 if (!eap->skip) | |
5496 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg, | |
5497 (int)(arg_end - next_arg)); | |
5498 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); | |
5499 } | |
5500 else if (!eap->skip) | |
5501 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment"); | |
5502 } | |
5503 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0 | |
5504 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0 | |
5505 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0 | |
5506 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0) | |
5507 { | |
5508 if (key[4] == 'S') | |
5509 arg_end = key + 6; | |
5510 else if (key[0] == 'L') | |
5511 arg_end = key + 11; | |
5512 else | |
5513 arg_end = key + 9; | |
5514 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end)) | |
5515 { | |
5516 illegal = TRUE; | |
5517 break; | |
5518 } | |
5519 n = getdigits(&arg_end); | |
5520 if (!eap->skip) | |
5521 { | |
5522 if (key[4] == 'B') | |
5523 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n; | |
5524 else if (key[1] == 'A') | |
5525 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n; | |
5526 else | |
5527 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n; | |
5528 } | |
5529 } | |
5530 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0) | |
5531 { | |
5532 if (!eap->skip) | |
5533 { | |
5534 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM; | |
5535 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; | |
5536 } | |
5537 } | |
5538 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0) | |
5539 { | |
5540 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL) | |
5541 { | |
5542 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice")); | |
5543 finished = TRUE; | |
5544 break; | |
5545 } | |
5546 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL); | |
5547 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */ | |
5548 { | |
5549 illegal = TRUE; | |
5550 break; | |
5551 } | |
5552 | |
5553 if (!eap->skip) | |
5554 { | |
5555 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ | |
5556 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1, | |
5557 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL) | |
5558 { | |
5559 finished = TRUE; | |
5560 break; | |
5561 } | |
5562 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; | |
5563 | |
5564 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ | |
5565 cpo_save = p_cpo; | |
5566 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; | |
5567 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = | |
5568 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
5569 p_cpo = cpo_save; | |
5570 | |
5571 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL) | |
5572 { | |
5573 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); | |
5574 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; | |
5575 finished = TRUE; | |
5576 break; | |
5577 } | |
5578 } | |
5579 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1); | |
5580 } | |
5581 else | |
5582 { | |
5583 eap->arg = next_arg; | |
5584 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0) | |
5585 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE); | |
5586 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0) | |
5587 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE); | |
5588 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0) | |
5589 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE); | |
5590 else | |
5591 illegal = TRUE; | |
5592 finished = TRUE; | |
5593 break; | |
5594 } | |
5595 arg_start = next_arg; | |
5596 } | |
5597 vim_free(key); | |
5598 if (illegal) | |
5599 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start); | |
5600 else if (!finished) | |
5601 { | |
5602 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start); | |
745 | 5603 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 5604 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ |
5605 } | |
5606 } | |
5607 | |
5608 /* | |
5609 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers. | |
5610 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword. | |
5611 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name. | |
5612 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added). | |
5613 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success. | |
5614 */ | |
5615 static int | |
5616 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list) | |
5617 char_u **arg; | |
5618 int keylen; /* length of keyword */ | |
5619 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not | |
5620 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */ | |
5621 { | |
5622 char_u *p = NULL; | |
5623 char_u *end; | |
5624 int round; | |
5625 int count; | |
5626 int total_count = 0; | |
5627 short *retval = NULL; | |
5628 char_u *name; | |
5629 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
5630 int id; | |
5631 int i; | |
5632 int failed = FALSE; | |
5633 | |
5634 /* | |
5635 * We parse the list twice: | |
5636 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array. | |
5637 * round == 2: fill the array with the items. | |
5638 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to | |
5639 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again. | |
5640 */ | |
5641 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
5642 { | |
5643 /* | |
5644 * skip "contains" | |
5645 */ | |
5646 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen); | |
5647 if (*p != '=') | |
5648 { | |
5649 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg); | |
5650 break; | |
5651 } | |
5652 p = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
5653 if (ends_excmd(*p)) | |
5654 { | |
5655 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg); | |
5656 break; | |
5657 } | |
5658 | |
5659 /* | |
5660 * parse the arguments after "contains" | |
5661 */ | |
5662 count = 0; | |
5663 while (!ends_excmd(*p)) | |
5664 { | |
5665 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end) | |
5666 ; | |
5667 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */ | |
5668 if (name == NULL) | |
5669 { | |
5670 failed = TRUE; | |
5671 break; | |
5672 } | |
419 | 5673 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p); |
7 | 5674 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0 |
5675 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0 | |
5676 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0 | |
5677 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0) | |
5678 { | |
5679 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C') | |
5680 { | |
5681 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1); | |
5682 failed = TRUE; | |
5683 vim_free(name); | |
5684 break; | |
5685 } | |
5686 if (count != 0) | |
5687 { | |
5688 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1); | |
5689 failed = TRUE; | |
5690 vim_free(name); | |
5691 break; | |
5692 } | |
5693 if (name[1] == 'A') | |
5694 id = SYNID_ALLBUT; | |
5695 else if (name[1] == 'T') | |
5696 id = SYNID_TOP; | |
5697 else | |
5698 id = SYNID_CONTAINED; | |
5699 id += current_syn_inc_tag; | |
5700 } | |
5701 else if (name[1] == '@') | |
5702 { | |
5703 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1)); | |
5704 } | |
5705 else | |
5706 { | |
5707 /* | |
5708 * Handle full group name. | |
5709 */ | |
5710 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL) | |
5711 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p)); | |
5712 else | |
5713 { | |
5714 /* | |
5715 * Handle match of regexp with group names. | |
5716 */ | |
5717 *name = '^'; | |
5718 STRCAT(name, "$"); | |
5719 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC); | |
5720 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
5721 { | |
5722 failed = TRUE; | |
5723 vim_free(name); | |
5724 break; | |
5725 } | |
5726 | |
5727 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; | |
5728 id = 0; | |
5729 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
5730 { | |
5731 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name, | |
5732 (colnr_T)0)) | |
5733 { | |
5734 if (round == 2) | |
5735 { | |
5736 /* Got more items than expected; can happen | |
5737 * when adding items that match: | |
5738 * "contains=a.*b,axb". | |
5739 * Go back to first round */ | |
5740 if (count >= total_count) | |
5741 { | |
5742 vim_free(retval); | |
5743 round = 1; | |
5744 } | |
5745 else | |
5746 retval[count] = i + 1; | |
5747 } | |
5748 ++count; | |
5749 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */ | |
5750 } | |
5751 } | |
5752 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
5753 } | |
5754 } | |
5755 vim_free(name); | |
5756 if (id == 0) | |
5757 { | |
5758 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p); | |
5759 failed = TRUE; | |
5760 break; | |
5761 } | |
5762 if (id > 0) | |
5763 { | |
5764 if (round == 2) | |
5765 { | |
5766 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */ | |
5767 if (count >= total_count) | |
5768 { | |
5769 vim_free(retval); | |
5770 round = 1; | |
5771 } | |
5772 else | |
5773 retval[count] = id; | |
5774 } | |
5775 ++count; | |
5776 } | |
5777 p = skipwhite(end); | |
5778 if (*p != ',') | |
5779 break; | |
5780 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */ | |
5781 } | |
5782 if (failed) | |
5783 break; | |
5784 if (round == 1) | |
5785 { | |
5786 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); | |
5787 if (retval == NULL) | |
5788 break; | |
5789 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */ | |
5790 total_count = count; | |
5791 } | |
5792 } | |
5793 | |
5794 *arg = p; | |
5795 if (failed || retval == NULL) | |
5796 { | |
5797 vim_free(retval); | |
5798 return FAIL; | |
5799 } | |
5800 | |
5801 if (*list == NULL) | |
5802 *list = retval; | |
5803 else | |
5804 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */ | |
5805 | |
5806 return OK; | |
5807 } | |
5808 | |
5809 /* | |
5810 * Make a copy of an ID list. | |
5811 */ | |
5812 static short * | |
5813 copy_id_list(list) | |
5814 short *list; | |
5815 { | |
5816 int len; | |
5817 int count; | |
5818 short *retval; | |
5819 | |
5820 if (list == NULL) | |
5821 return NULL; | |
5822 | |
5823 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count) | |
5824 ; | |
5825 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short); | |
5826 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len); | |
5827 if (retval != NULL) | |
5828 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len); | |
5829 | |
5830 return retval; | |
5831 } | |
5832 | |
5833 /* | |
5834 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si". | |
5835 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list. | |
5836 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of | |
5837 * the current item. | |
5838 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!! | |
5839 */ | |
5840 static int | |
5841 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained) | |
5842 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */ | |
5843 short *list; /* id list */ | |
5844 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */ | |
5845 int contained; /* group id is contained */ | |
5846 { | |
5847 int retval; | |
5848 short *scl_list; | |
5849 short item; | |
5850 short id = ssp->id; | |
5851 static int depth = 0; | |
5852 int r; | |
5853 | |
5854 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */ | |
36 | 5855 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL |
5856 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) | |
7 | 5857 { |
5858 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check | |
5859 * that we don't go back past the first one. */ | |
5860 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT) | |
5861 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data)) | |
5862 --cur_si; | |
5863 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */ | |
5864 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list, | |
5865 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn), | |
5866 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)) | |
5867 return TRUE; | |
5868 } | |
5869 | |
5870 if (list == NULL) | |
5871 return FALSE; | |
5872 | |
5873 /* | |
5874 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't | |
5875 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups. | |
5876 */ | |
5877 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL) | |
5878 return !contained; | |
5879 | |
5880 /* | |
5881 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the | |
5882 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include" | |
5883 * level as the list. | |
5884 */ | |
5885 item = *list; | |
5886 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
5887 { | |
5888 if (item < SYNID_TOP) | |
5889 { | |
5890 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */ | |
5891 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag) | |
5892 return FALSE; | |
5893 } | |
5894 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED) | |
5895 { | |
5896 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */ | |
5897 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained) | |
5898 return FALSE; | |
5899 } | |
5900 else | |
5901 { | |
5902 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */ | |
5903 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained) | |
5904 return FALSE; | |
5905 } | |
5906 item = *++list; | |
5907 retval = FALSE; | |
5908 } | |
5909 else | |
5910 retval = TRUE; | |
5911 | |
5912 /* | |
5913 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list. | |
5914 */ | |
5915 while (item != 0) | |
5916 { | |
5917 if (item == id) | |
5918 return retval; | |
5919 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER) | |
5920 { | |
5921 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list; | |
5922 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a | |
5923 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */ | |
5924 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30) | |
5925 { | |
5926 ++depth; | |
5927 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained); | |
5928 --depth; | |
5929 if (r) | |
5930 return retval; | |
5931 } | |
5932 } | |
5933 item = *++list; | |
5934 } | |
5935 return !retval; | |
5936 } | |
5937 | |
5938 struct subcommand | |
5939 { | |
5940 char *name; /* subcommand name */ | |
5941 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */ | |
5942 }; | |
5943 | |
5944 static struct subcommand subcommands[] = | |
5945 { | |
5946 {"case", syn_cmd_case}, | |
5947 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear}, | |
5948 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster}, | |
5949 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable}, | |
5950 {"include", syn_cmd_include}, | |
5951 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword}, | |
5952 {"list", syn_cmd_list}, | |
5953 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual}, | |
5954 {"match", syn_cmd_match}, | |
5955 {"on", syn_cmd_on}, | |
5956 {"off", syn_cmd_off}, | |
5957 {"region", syn_cmd_region}, | |
5958 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset}, | |
419 | 5959 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell}, |
7 | 5960 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync}, |
5961 {"", syn_cmd_list}, | |
5962 {NULL, NULL} | |
5963 }; | |
5964 | |
5965 /* | |
5966 * ":syntax". | |
5967 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a | |
5968 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest. | |
5969 */ | |
5970 void | |
5971 ex_syntax(eap) | |
5972 exarg_T *eap; | |
5973 { | |
5974 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
5975 char_u *subcmd_end; | |
5976 char_u *subcmd_name; | |
5977 int i; | |
5978 | |
5979 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep; | |
5980 | |
5981 /* isolate subcommand name */ | |
5982 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end) | |
5983 ; | |
5984 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg)); | |
5985 if (subcmd_name != NULL) | |
5986 { | |
5987 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */ | |
5988 ++emsg_skip; | |
5989 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
5990 { | |
5991 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL) | |
5992 { | |
5993 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name); | |
5994 break; | |
5995 } | |
5996 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0) | |
5997 { | |
5998 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end); | |
5999 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE); | |
6000 break; | |
6001 } | |
6002 } | |
6003 vim_free(subcmd_name); | |
6004 if (eap->skip) | |
6005 --emsg_skip; | |
6006 } | |
6007 } | |
6008 | |
6009 int | |
6010 syntax_present(buf) | |
6011 buf_T *buf; | |
6012 { | |
6013 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0 | |
6014 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0 | |
1379 | 6015 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 |
6016 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); | |
7 | 6017 } |
6018 | |
6019 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
6020 | |
6021 static enum | |
6022 { | |
6023 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */ | |
6024 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */ | |
6025 } expand_what; | |
6026 | |
1322 | 6027 /* |
6028 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0. | |
6029 * Called when we are done expanding. | |
6030 */ | |
6031 void | |
6032 reset_expand_highlight() | |
6033 { | |
6034 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0; | |
6035 } | |
6036 | |
6037 /* | |
6038 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None" | |
6039 * as highlight group. | |
6040 */ | |
6041 void | |
6042 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg) | |
6043 expand_T *xp; | |
6044 char_u *arg; | |
6045 { | |
6046 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
6047 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
6048 include_none = 1; | |
6049 } | |
7 | 6050 |
6051 /* | |
6052 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command. | |
6053 */ | |
6054 void | |
6055 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg) | |
6056 expand_T *xp; | |
6057 char_u *arg; | |
6058 { | |
6059 char_u *p; | |
6060 | |
6061 /* Default: expand subcommands */ | |
6062 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX; | |
6063 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; | |
6064 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
1322 | 6065 include_link = 0; |
6066 include_default = 0; | |
7 | 6067 |
6068 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ | |
6069 if (*arg != NUL) | |
6070 { | |
6071 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
6072 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */ | |
6073 { | |
6074 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
6075 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL) | |
6076 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
6077 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0) | |
6078 expand_what = EXP_CASE; | |
6079 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0 | |
6080 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0 | |
6081 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0 | |
6082 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0) | |
6083 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
6084 else | |
6085 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
6086 } | |
6087 } | |
6088 } | |
6089 | |
6090 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL}; | |
6091 | |
6092 /* | |
6093 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for | |
6094 * expansion. | |
6095 */ | |
6096 char_u * | |
6097 get_syntax_name(xp, idx) | |
1883 | 6098 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
7 | 6099 int idx; |
6100 { | |
6101 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD) | |
6102 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name; | |
6103 return (char_u *)case_args[idx]; | |
6104 } | |
6105 | |
6106 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ | |
6107 | |
6108 /* | |
6109 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position. | |
6110 */ | |
6111 int | |
1504 | 6112 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state) |
499 | 6113 win_T *wp; |
7 | 6114 long lnum; |
253 | 6115 colnr_T col; |
2020 | 6116 int trans; /* remove transparency */ |
1504 | 6117 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */ |
6118 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */ | |
7 | 6119 { |
6120 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same | |
6121 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */ | |
499 | 6122 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf |
7 | 6123 || lnum != current_lnum |
253 | 6124 || col < current_col) |
499 | 6125 syntax_start(wp, lnum); |
7 | 6126 |
1504 | 6127 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state); |
7 | 6128 |
6129 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id); | |
6130 } | |
6131 | |
1500 | 6132 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
6133 /* | |
6134 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack. | |
6135 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack. | |
6136 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range. | |
6137 */ | |
6138 int | |
6139 syn_get_stack_item(i) | |
6140 int i; | |
6141 { | |
1504 | 6142 if (i >= current_state.ga_len) |
6143 { | |
6144 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it | |
6145 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */ | |
6146 invalidate_current_state(); | |
6147 current_col = MAXCOL; | |
1500 | 6148 return -1; |
1504 | 6149 } |
1500 | 6150 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id; |
6151 } | |
6152 #endif | |
6153 | |
7 | 6154 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) |
6155 /* | |
6156 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp". | |
6157 */ | |
6158 int | |
6159 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum) | |
6160 win_T *wp; | |
6161 long lnum; | |
6162 { | |
6163 int level = 0; | |
6164 int i; | |
6165 | |
6166 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */ | |
6167 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0) | |
6168 { | |
6169 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
6170 | |
6171 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) | |
6172 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD) | |
6173 ++level; | |
6174 } | |
6175 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn) | |
1028 | 6176 { |
7 | 6177 level = wp->w_p_fdn; |
1028 | 6178 if (level < 0) |
6179 level = 0; | |
6180 } | |
7 | 6181 return level; |
6182 } | |
6183 #endif | |
6184 | |
6185 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
6186 | |
6187 | |
6188 /************************************** | |
6189 * Highlighting stuff * | |
6190 **************************************/ | |
6191 | |
6192 /* | |
6193 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and | |
6194 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found. | |
6195 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim! | |
806 | 6196 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make |
6197 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile. | |
7 | 6198 */ |
809 | 6199 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
6200 # define CENT(a, b) b | |
6201 #else | |
6202 # define CENT(a, b) a | |
6203 #endif | |
7 | 6204 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) = |
6205 { | |
809 | 6206 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White", |
6207 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"), | |
6208 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse", | |
6209 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), | |
6210 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold", | |
6211 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"), | |
6212 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue", | |
6213 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"), | |
6214 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold", | |
6215 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"), | |
6216 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse", | |
6217 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), | |
806 | 6218 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
809 | 6219 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse", |
6220 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), | |
806 | 6221 #endif |
6222 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
809 | 6223 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold", |
6224 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"), | |
806 | 6225 #endif |
6226 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
809 | 6227 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red", |
6228 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"), | |
806 | 6229 #endif |
6230 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
809 | 6231 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse", |
6232 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), | |
6233 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey", | |
6234 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"), | |
806 | 6235 #endif |
6236 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
809 | 6237 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold", |
6238 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"), | |
6239 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse", | |
6240 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), | |
806 | 6241 #endif |
7 | 6242 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
6243 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", | |
809 | 6244 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */ |
7 | 6245 #endif |
6246 NULL | |
6247 }; | |
6248 | |
6249 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) = | |
6250 { | |
809 | 6251 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue", |
6252 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"), | |
6253 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown", | |
6254 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"), | |
6255 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen", | |
6256 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), | |
6257 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen", | |
6258 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), | |
6259 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE", | |
6260 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"), | |
806 | 6261 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
809 | 6262 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed", |
6263 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"), | |
6264 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue", | |
6265 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"), | |
6266 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta", | |
6267 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"), | |
6268 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan", | |
6269 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"), | |
806 | 6270 #endif |
6271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
809 | 6272 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta", |
6273 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"), | |
6274 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey", | |
6275 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"), | |
806 | 6276 #endif |
809 | 6277 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue", |
6278 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"), | |
6279 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta", | |
6280 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"), | |
6281 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed", | |
6282 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"), | |
806 | 6283 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU |
809 | 6284 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", |
6285 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), | |
806 | 6286 #endif |
6287 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
809 | 6288 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", |
6289 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"), | |
6290 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", | |
6291 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"), | |
806 | 6292 #endif |
6293 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
809 | 6294 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", |
6295 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"), | |
806 | 6296 #endif |
6297 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
836 | 6298 CENT("Visual term=reverse", |
6299 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"), | |
806 | 6300 #endif |
6301 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
809 | 6302 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue", |
6303 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"), | |
6304 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta", | |
6305 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"), | |
6306 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan", | |
6307 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"), | |
806 | 6308 #endif |
6309 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
809 | 6310 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey", |
6311 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"), | |
806 | 6312 #endif |
6313 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
809 | 6314 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey", |
818 | 6315 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"), |
809 | 6316 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline", |
818 | 6317 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"), |
806 | 6318 #endif |
834 | 6319 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
6320 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan", | |
6321 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"), | |
6322 #endif | |
806 | 6323 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7 | 6324 "Normal gui=NONE", |
806 | 6325 #endif |
7 | 6326 NULL |
6327 }; | |
6328 | |
6329 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) = | |
6330 { | |
809 | 6331 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan", |
6332 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"), | |
6333 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow", | |
6334 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"), | |
6335 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen", | |
6336 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), | |
6337 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen", | |
6338 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"), | |
6339 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", | |
6340 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), | |
6341 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue", | |
6342 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"), | |
806 | 6343 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
809 | 6344 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red", |
6345 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"), | |
6346 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue", | |
6347 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"), | |
6348 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta", | |
6349 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"), | |
6350 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan", | |
6351 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"), | |
806 | 6352 #endif |
6353 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
809 | 6354 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta", |
6355 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"), | |
6356 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey", | |
6357 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"), | |
806 | 6358 #endif |
809 | 6359 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta", |
6360 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"), | |
6361 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed", | |
6362 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"), | |
806 | 6363 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU |
809 | 6364 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", |
6365 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), | |
806 | 6366 #endif |
6367 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
809 | 6368 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", |
6369 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"), | |
6370 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", | |
6371 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"), | |
806 | 6372 #endif |
6373 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
809 | 6374 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", |
6375 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"), | |
806 | 6376 #endif |
6377 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
836 | 6378 CENT("Visual term=reverse", |
6379 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"), | |
806 | 6380 #endif |
6381 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
809 | 6382 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue", |
6383 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"), | |
6384 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta", | |
6385 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"), | |
6386 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan", | |
6387 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"), | |
806 | 6388 #endif |
6389 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
809 | 6390 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey", |
6391 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"), | |
806 | 6392 #endif |
6393 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
809 | 6394 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey", |
834 | 6395 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"), |
809 | 6396 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline", |
834 | 6397 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"), |
6398 #endif | |
6399 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6400 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan", | |
6401 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"), | |
806 | 6402 #endif |
6403 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7 | 6404 "Normal gui=NONE", |
806 | 6405 #endif |
7 | 6406 NULL |
6407 }; | |
6408 | |
6409 void | |
6410 init_highlight(both, reset) | |
6411 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */ | |
6412 int reset; /* clear group first */ | |
6413 { | |
6414 int i; | |
6415 char **pp; | |
6416 static int had_both = FALSE; | |
6417 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6418 char_u *p; | |
6419 | |
6420 /* | |
6421 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded | |
6422 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed. | |
6423 */ | |
6424 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name"); | |
6425 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK) | |
6426 return; | |
6427 #endif | |
6428 | |
6429 /* | |
6430 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors. | |
6431 */ | |
6432 if (both) | |
6433 { | |
6434 had_both = TRUE; | |
6435 pp = highlight_init_both; | |
6436 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) | |
6437 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); | |
6438 } | |
6439 else if (!had_both) | |
6440 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main(). | |
6441 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule | |
6442 * everything anyway. */ | |
6443 return; | |
6444 | |
6445 if (*p_bg == 'l') | |
6446 pp = highlight_init_light; | |
6447 else | |
6448 pp = highlight_init_dark; | |
6449 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) | |
6450 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); | |
6451 | |
836 | 6452 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it |
844 | 6453 * depend on the number of colors available. |
6454 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg | |
1697 | 6455 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. |
6456 * Clear the attributes, needed when changing the t_Co value. */ | |
527 | 6457 if (t_colors > 8) |
1697 | 6458 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' |
6459 ? "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=LightGrey" | |
6460 : "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE); | |
836 | 6461 else |
844 | 6462 { |
1697 | 6463 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse ctermbg=NONE", |
6464 FALSE, TRUE); | |
844 | 6465 if (*p_bg == 'l') |
6466 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE); | |
6467 } | |
527 | 6468 |
7 | 6469 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
6470 /* | |
6471 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it. | |
6472 */ | |
6473 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL) | |
24 | 6474 { |
6475 static int recursive = 0; | |
6476 | |
6477 if (recursive >= 5) | |
6478 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim")); | |
6479 else | |
6480 { | |
6481 ++recursive; | |
480 | 6482 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE); |
24 | 6483 --recursive; |
6484 } | |
6485 } | |
7 | 6486 #endif |
6487 } | |
6488 | |
6489 /* | |
12 | 6490 * Load color file "name". |
7 | 6491 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. |
6492 */ | |
6493 int | |
12 | 6494 load_colors(name) |
6495 char_u *name; | |
7 | 6496 { |
6497 char_u *buf; | |
6498 int retval = FAIL; | |
6499 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
6500 | |
6501 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting | |
6502 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is | |
6503 * working, thus we should return OK. */ | |
6504 if (recursive) | |
6505 return OK; | |
6506 | |
6507 recursive = TRUE; | |
12 | 6508 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12)); |
7 | 6509 if (buf != NULL) |
6510 { | |
12 | 6511 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name); |
480 | 6512 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE); |
7 | 6513 vim_free(buf); |
12 | 6514 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
6515 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
6516 #endif | |
7 | 6517 } |
6518 recursive = FALSE; | |
6519 | |
6520 return retval; | |
6521 } | |
6522 | |
6523 /* | |
6524 * Handle the ":highlight .." command. | |
6525 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with | |
6526 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE. | |
6527 */ | |
6528 void | |
6529 do_highlight(line, forceit, init) | |
6530 char_u *line; | |
6531 int forceit; | |
6532 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */ | |
6533 { | |
6534 char_u *name_end; | |
6535 char_u *p; | |
6536 char_u *linep; | |
6537 char_u *key_start; | |
6538 char_u *arg_start; | |
6539 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL; | |
6540 long i; | |
6541 int off; | |
6542 int len; | |
6543 int attr; | |
6544 int id; | |
6545 int idx; | |
6546 int dodefault = FALSE; | |
6547 int doclear = FALSE; | |
6548 int dolink = FALSE; | |
6549 int error = FALSE; | |
6550 int color; | |
6551 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */ | |
6552 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6553 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */ | |
6554 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */ | |
6555 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */ | |
6556 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */ | |
6557 #else | |
6558 # define is_menu_group 0 | |
6559 # define is_tooltip_group 0 | |
6560 #endif | |
6561 | |
6562 /* | |
6563 * If no argument, list current highlighting. | |
6564 */ | |
6565 if (ends_excmd(*line)) | |
6566 { | |
6567 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i) | |
6568 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */ | |
6569 highlight_list_one((int)i); | |
6570 return; | |
6571 } | |
6572 | |
6573 /* | |
6574 * Isolate the name. | |
6575 */ | |
6576 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6577 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6578 | |
6579 /* | |
6580 * Check for "default" argument. | |
6581 */ | |
6582 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6583 { | |
6584 dodefault = TRUE; | |
6585 line = linep; | |
6586 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6587 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6588 } | |
6589 | |
6590 /* | |
6591 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument. | |
6592 */ | |
6593 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6594 doclear = TRUE; | |
6595 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0) | |
6596 dolink = TRUE; | |
6597 | |
6598 /* | |
6599 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group. | |
6600 */ | |
6601 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep)) | |
6602 { | |
6603 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line)); | |
6604 if (id == 0) | |
6605 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line); | |
6606 else | |
6607 highlight_list_one(id); | |
6608 return; | |
6609 } | |
6610 | |
6611 /* | |
6612 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command. | |
6613 */ | |
6614 if (dolink) | |
6615 { | |
6616 char_u *from_start = linep; | |
6617 char_u *from_end; | |
6618 char_u *to_start; | |
6619 char_u *to_end; | |
6620 int from_id; | |
6621 int to_id; | |
6622 | |
6623 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start); | |
6624 to_start = skipwhite(from_end); | |
6625 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start); | |
6626 | |
6627 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start)) | |
6628 { | |
6629 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), | |
6630 from_start); | |
6631 return; | |
6632 } | |
6633 | |
6634 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end))) | |
6635 { | |
6636 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start); | |
6637 return; | |
6638 } | |
6639 | |
6640 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start)); | |
6641 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0) | |
6642 to_id = 0; | |
6643 else | |
6644 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start)); | |
6645 | |
6646 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0)) | |
6647 { | |
6648 /* | |
6649 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting | |
6650 * for the group, unless '!' is used | |
6651 */ | |
6652 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init | |
6653 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault)) | |
6654 { | |
6655 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault) | |
6656 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored")); | |
6657 } | |
6658 else | |
6659 { | |
6660 if (!init) | |
6661 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK; | |
6662 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id; | |
448 | 6663 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6664 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID; | |
6665 #endif | |
745 | 6666 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 6667 } |
6668 } | |
6669 | |
6670 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ | |
6671 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; | |
6672 | |
6673 return; | |
6674 } | |
6675 | |
6676 if (doclear) | |
6677 { | |
6678 /* | |
6679 * ":highlight clear [group]" command. | |
6680 */ | |
6681 line = linep; | |
6682 if (ends_excmd(*line)) | |
6683 { | |
6684 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6685 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new | |
6686 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values. | |
6687 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values | |
6688 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but | |
6689 * invalid because they were free'd. | |
6690 */ | |
6691 if (gui.in_use) | |
6692 { | |
6693 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
6694 gui_init_tooltip_font(); | |
6695 # endif | |
6696 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) | |
6697 gui_init_menu_font(); | |
6698 # endif | |
6699 } | |
6700 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) | |
6701 gui_mch_def_colors(); | |
6702 # endif | |
6703 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6704 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6705 | |
6706 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight | |
6707 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case. | |
6708 */ | |
6709 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
6710 # endif | |
6711 if (gui.in_use) | |
6712 { | |
6713 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
6714 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
6715 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
6716 # endif | |
6717 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6718 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
6719 # endif | |
6720 } | |
6721 # endif | |
6722 | |
6723 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items. | |
6724 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point. | |
6725 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data. | |
6726 */ | |
6727 #endif | |
6728 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
148 | 6729 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE); |
7 | 6730 #endif |
6731 restore_cterm_colors(); | |
6732 | |
6733 /* | |
6734 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults. | |
6735 */ | |
6736 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
6737 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6738 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE); | |
6739 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6740 if (gui.in_use) | |
6741 highlight_gui_started(); | |
6742 #endif | |
6743 highlight_changed(); | |
6744 redraw_later_clear(); | |
6745 return; | |
6746 } | |
6747 name_end = skiptowhite(line); | |
6748 linep = skipwhite(name_end); | |
6749 } | |
6750 | |
6751 /* | |
6752 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it. | |
6753 */ | |
6754 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line)); | |
6755 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */ | |
6756 return; | |
6757 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
6758 | |
6759 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */ | |
6760 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE)) | |
6761 return; | |
6762 | |
6763 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) | |
6764 is_normal_group = TRUE; | |
6765 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
6766 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0) | |
6767 is_menu_group = TRUE; | |
6768 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0) | |
6769 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE; | |
6770 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0) | |
6771 is_tooltip_group = TRUE; | |
6772 #endif | |
6773 | |
6774 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */ | |
6775 if (doclear || (forceit && init)) | |
6776 { | |
6777 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6778 if (!doclear) | |
6779 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0; | |
6780 } | |
6781 | |
6782 if (!doclear) | |
6783 while (!ends_excmd(*linep)) | |
6784 { | |
6785 key_start = linep; | |
6786 if (*linep == '=') | |
6787 { | |
6788 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start); | |
6789 error = TRUE; | |
6790 break; | |
6791 } | |
6792 | |
6793 /* | |
6794 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or | |
6795 * "guibg"). | |
6796 */ | |
6797 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=') | |
6798 ++linep; | |
6799 vim_free(key); | |
6800 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start)); | |
6801 if (key == NULL) | |
6802 { | |
6803 error = TRUE; | |
6804 break; | |
6805 } | |
6806 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
6807 | |
6808 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0) | |
6809 { | |
6810 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0) | |
6811 { | |
6812 if (!init) | |
6813 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI; | |
6814 highlight_clear(idx); | |
6815 } | |
6816 continue; | |
6817 } | |
6818 | |
6819 /* | |
6820 * Check for the equal sign. | |
6821 */ | |
6822 if (*linep != '=') | |
6823 { | |
6824 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start); | |
6825 error = TRUE; | |
6826 break; | |
6827 } | |
6828 ++linep; | |
6829 | |
6830 /* | |
6831 * Isolate the argument. | |
6832 */ | |
6833 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
6834 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */ | |
6835 { | |
6836 arg_start = ++linep; | |
6837 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\''); | |
6838 if (linep == NULL) | |
6839 { | |
6840 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start); | |
6841 error = TRUE; | |
6842 break; | |
6843 } | |
6844 } | |
6845 else | |
6846 { | |
6847 arg_start = linep; | |
6848 linep = skiptowhite(linep); | |
6849 } | |
6850 if (linep == arg_start) | |
6851 { | |
6852 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start); | |
6853 error = TRUE; | |
6854 break; | |
6855 } | |
6856 vim_free(arg); | |
6857 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start)); | |
6858 if (arg == NULL) | |
6859 { | |
6860 error = TRUE; | |
6861 break; | |
6862 } | |
6863 if (*linep == '\'') | |
6864 ++linep; | |
6865 | |
6866 /* | |
6867 * Store the argument. | |
6868 */ | |
6869 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0 | |
6870 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0 | |
6871 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0) | |
6872 { | |
6873 attr = 0; | |
6874 off = 0; | |
6875 while (arg[off] != NUL) | |
6876 { | |
6877 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; ) | |
6878 { | |
6879 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]); | |
6880 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0) | |
6881 { | |
6882 attr |= hl_attr_table[i]; | |
6883 off += len; | |
6884 break; | |
6885 } | |
6886 } | |
6887 if (i < 0) | |
6888 { | |
6889 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg); | |
6890 error = TRUE; | |
6891 break; | |
6892 } | |
6893 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ | |
6894 ++off; | |
6895 } | |
6896 if (error) | |
6897 break; | |
6898 if (*key == 'T') | |
6899 { | |
6900 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM)) | |
6901 { | |
6902 if (!init) | |
6903 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; | |
6904 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr; | |
6905 } | |
6906 } | |
6907 else if (*key == 'C') | |
6908 { | |
6909 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) | |
6910 { | |
6911 if (!init) | |
6912 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; | |
6913 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr; | |
6914 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
6915 } | |
6916 } | |
6917 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6918 else | |
6919 { | |
6920 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) | |
6921 { | |
6922 if (!init) | |
6923 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
6924 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr; | |
6925 } | |
6926 } | |
6927 #endif | |
6928 } | |
6929 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0) | |
6930 { | |
6931 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ | |
6932 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6933 if (!gui.shell_created) | |
6934 { | |
6935 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */ | |
6936 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6937 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6938 } | |
6939 else | |
6940 { | |
6941 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; | |
6942 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6943 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
6944 # endif | |
6945 /* First, save the current font/fontset. | |
6946 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset. | |
6947 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR | |
6948 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively. | |
6949 */ | |
6950 | |
6951 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
6952 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6953 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
6954 # endif | |
6955 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group, | |
6956 is_tooltip_group); | |
6957 | |
6958 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
6959 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
6960 { | |
6961 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was | |
6962 * one. | |
6963 */ | |
6964 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset); | |
6965 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6966 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6967 } | |
6968 else | |
6969 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset; | |
6970 # endif | |
6971 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) | |
6972 { | |
6973 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was | |
6974 * one. | |
6975 */ | |
6976 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font); | |
6977 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
6978 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6979 } | |
6980 else | |
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font; | |
6982 } | |
6983 #endif | |
6984 } | |
6985 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0) | |
6986 { | |
6987 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) | |
6988 { | |
6989 if (!init) | |
6990 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; | |
6991 | |
6992 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold" | |
6993 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */ | |
6994 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold) | |
6995 { | |
6996 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; | |
6997 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
6998 } | |
6999 | |
7000 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) | |
7001 color = atoi((char *)arg); | |
7002 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0) | |
7003 { | |
7004 if (cterm_normal_fg_color) | |
7005 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1; | |
7006 else | |
7007 { | |
7008 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown")); | |
7009 error = TRUE; | |
7010 break; | |
7011 } | |
7012 } | |
7013 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0) | |
7014 { | |
7015 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
7016 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1; | |
7017 else | |
7018 { | |
7019 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown")); | |
7020 error = TRUE; | |
7021 break; | |
7022 } | |
7023 } | |
7024 else | |
7025 { | |
7026 static char *(color_names[28]) = { | |
7027 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan", | |
7028 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow", | |
7029 "Gray", "Grey", | |
7030 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey", | |
7031 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen", | |
7032 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta", | |
7033 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"}; | |
7034 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3, | |
7035 4, 5, 6, 6, | |
7036 7, 7, | |
7037 7, 7, 8, 8, | |
7038 9, 9, 10, 10, | |
7039 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, | |
7040 13, 14, 14, 15, -1}; | |
7041 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */ | |
7042 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
7043 1, 5, 32, 72, | |
7044 84, 84, | |
7045 7, 7, 82, 82, | |
7046 12, 43, 10, 61, | |
7047 14, 63, 9, 74, 13, | |
7048 75, 11, 78, 15, -1}; | |
7049 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */ | |
7050 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
7051 1, 5, 130, 130, | |
7052 248, 248, | |
7053 7, 7, 242, 242, | |
7054 12, 81, 10, 121, | |
7055 14, 159, 9, 224, 13, | |
7056 225, 11, 229, 15, -1}; | |
7057 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */ | |
7058 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, | |
7059 1, 5, 3, 3, | |
7060 7, 7, | |
7061 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8, | |
7062 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8, | |
7063 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8, | |
7064 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1}; | |
7065 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) | |
7066 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8; | |
7067 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */ | |
7068 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0) | |
7069 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16; | |
7070 #endif | |
7071 | |
7072 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */ | |
7073 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg); | |
7074 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) | |
7075 if (off == color_names[i][0] | |
7076 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0) | |
7077 break; | |
7078 if (i < 0) | |
7079 { | |
7080 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start); | |
7081 error = TRUE; | |
7082 break; | |
7083 } | |
7084 | |
7085 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */ | |
7086 color = color_numbers_16[i]; | |
7087 if (color >= 0) | |
7088 { | |
7089 if (t_colors == 8) | |
7090 { | |
7091 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */ | |
7092 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) | |
7093 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i]; | |
7094 #else | |
7095 color = color_numbers_8[i]; | |
7096 #endif | |
7097 if (key[5] == 'F') | |
7098 { | |
7099 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground | |
7100 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */ | |
7101 if (color & 8) | |
7102 { | |
7103 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD; | |
7104 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE; | |
7105 } | |
7106 else | |
7107 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; | |
7108 } | |
7109 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */ | |
7110 } | |
7111 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88 | |
7112 || t_colors == 256) | |
7113 { | |
7114 /* | |
7115 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is | |
7116 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed | |
7117 * order for colors. | |
7118 */ | |
7119 if (*T_CAF != NUL) | |
7120 p = T_CAF; | |
7121 else | |
7122 p = T_CSF; | |
7123 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm') | |
7124 switch (t_colors) | |
7125 { | |
7126 case 16: | |
7127 color = color_numbers_8[i]; | |
7128 break; | |
7129 case 88: | |
7130 color = color_numbers_88[i]; | |
7131 break; | |
7132 case 256: | |
7133 color = color_numbers_256[i]; | |
7134 break; | |
7135 } | |
7136 } | |
7137 } | |
7138 } | |
7139 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */ | |
7140 if (key[5] == 'F') | |
7141 { | |
7142 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1; | |
7143 if (is_normal_group) | |
7144 { | |
7145 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1; | |
7146 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD); | |
7147 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7148 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */ | |
7149 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) | |
7150 #endif | |
7151 { | |
7152 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7153 if (termcap_active) | |
7154 term_fg_color(color); | |
7155 } | |
7156 } | |
7157 } | |
7158 else | |
7159 { | |
7160 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1; | |
7161 if (is_normal_group) | |
7162 { | |
7163 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1; | |
7164 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7165 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */ | |
7166 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) | |
7167 #endif | |
7168 { | |
7169 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7170 if (termcap_active) | |
7171 term_bg_color(color); | |
7172 if (t_colors < 16) | |
7173 i = (color == 0 || color == 4); | |
7174 else | |
7175 i = (color < 7 || color == 8); | |
7176 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */ | |
7177 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd')) | |
7178 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L, | |
7179 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0); | |
7180 } | |
7181 } | |
7182 } | |
7183 } | |
7184 } | |
7185 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0) | |
7186 { | |
7187 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */ | |
205 | 7188 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) |
7 | 7189 { |
205 | 7190 if (!init) |
7191 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
7192 | |
7193 i = color_name2handle(arg); | |
7194 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) | |
7195 { | |
7196 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i; | |
7197 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
7198 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) | |
7199 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
7200 else | |
7201 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; | |
7 | 7202 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 |
205 | 7203 if (is_menu_group) |
7204 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i; | |
7205 if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
7206 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i; | |
7 | 7207 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL |
205 | 7208 if (is_tooltip_group) |
7209 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i; | |
7 | 7210 # endif |
205 | 7211 do_colors = TRUE; |
7 | 7212 # endif |
205 | 7213 } |
7 | 7214 } |
7215 #endif | |
7216 } | |
7217 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0) | |
7218 { | |
7219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */ | |
205 | 7220 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) |
7 | 7221 { |
205 | 7222 if (!init) |
7223 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
7224 | |
7225 i = color_name2handle(arg); | |
7226 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) | |
7227 { | |
7228 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i; | |
7229 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
7230 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) | |
7231 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
7232 else | |
7233 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; | |
7 | 7234 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 |
205 | 7235 if (is_menu_group) |
7236 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i; | |
7237 if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
7238 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i; | |
7 | 7239 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL |
205 | 7240 if (is_tooltip_group) |
7241 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i; | |
7 | 7242 # endif |
205 | 7243 do_colors = TRUE; |
7 | 7244 # endif |
205 | 7245 } |
7 | 7246 } |
205 | 7247 #endif |
7248 } | |
7249 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0) | |
7250 { | |
7251 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */ | |
7252 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) | |
7253 { | |
7254 if (!init) | |
7255 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; | |
7256 | |
7257 i = color_name2handle(arg); | |
7258 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) | |
7259 { | |
7260 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i; | |
7261 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); | |
7262 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) | |
7263 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
7264 else | |
7265 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; | |
7266 } | |
7267 } | |
7 | 7268 #endif |
7269 } | |
7270 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0) | |
7271 { | |
7272 char_u buf[100]; | |
7273 char_u *tname; | |
7274 | |
7275 if (!init) | |
7276 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; | |
7277 | |
7278 /* | |
7279 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape | |
1222 | 7280 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes. |
7 | 7281 */ |
7282 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0) | |
7283 { | |
7284 off = 0; | |
7285 buf[0] = 0; | |
7286 while (arg[off] != NUL) | |
7287 { | |
7288 /* Isolate one termcap name */ | |
7289 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] && | |
7290 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len) | |
7291 ; | |
7292 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len); | |
7293 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7294 { | |
7295 error = TRUE; | |
7296 break; | |
7297 } | |
7298 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */ | |
7299 p = get_term_code(tname); | |
7300 vim_free(tname); | |
7301 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */ | |
7302 p = (char_u *)""; | |
7303 | |
7304 /* Append it to the already found stuff */ | |
7305 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99) | |
7306 { | |
7307 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg); | |
7308 error = TRUE; | |
7309 break; | |
7310 } | |
7311 STRCAT(buf, p); | |
7312 | |
7313 /* Advance to the next item */ | |
7314 off += len; | |
7315 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ | |
7316 ++off; | |
7317 } | |
7318 } | |
7319 else | |
7320 { | |
7321 /* | |
7322 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes. | |
7323 */ | |
7324 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; ) | |
7325 { | |
7326 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE); | |
7327 if (len) /* recognized special char */ | |
7328 off += len; | |
7329 else /* copy as normal char */ | |
7330 buf[off++] = *p++; | |
7331 } | |
7332 buf[off] = NUL; | |
7333 } | |
7334 if (error) | |
7335 break; | |
7336 | |
7337 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */ | |
7338 p = NULL; | |
7339 else | |
7340 p = vim_strsave(buf); | |
7341 if (key[2] == 'A') | |
7342 { | |
7343 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); | |
7344 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p; | |
7345 } | |
7346 else | |
7347 { | |
7348 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); | |
7349 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p; | |
7350 } | |
7351 } | |
7352 else | |
7353 { | |
7354 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start); | |
7355 error = TRUE; | |
7356 break; | |
7357 } | |
7358 | |
7359 /* | |
7360 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it. | |
7361 */ | |
7362 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)) | |
7363 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0; | |
7364 | |
7365 /* | |
7366 * Continue with next argument. | |
7367 */ | |
7368 linep = skipwhite(linep); | |
7369 } | |
7370 | |
7371 /* | |
7372 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table. | |
7373 */ | |
7374 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
7375 syn_unadd_group(); | |
7376 else | |
7377 { | |
7378 if (is_normal_group) | |
7379 { | |
7380 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; | |
7381 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; | |
7382 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7383 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; | |
7384 /* | |
7385 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg" | |
7386 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now. | |
7387 */ | |
7388 if (gui.in_use) | |
7389 highlight_gui_started(); | |
7390 #endif | |
7391 } | |
7392 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
7393 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
7394 else if (is_menu_group) | |
7395 { | |
7396 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
7397 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
7398 } | |
7399 # endif | |
7400 else if (is_scrollbar_group) | |
7401 { | |
7402 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
7403 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
7404 } | |
7405 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
7406 else if (is_tooltip_group) | |
7407 { | |
7408 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) | |
7409 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
7410 } | |
7411 # endif | |
7412 #endif | |
7413 else | |
7414 set_hl_attr(idx); | |
448 | 7415 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7416 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID; | |
7417 #endif | |
819 | 7418 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); |
7 | 7419 } |
7420 vim_free(key); | |
7421 vim_free(arg); | |
7422 | |
7423 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ | |
7424 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; | |
7425 } | |
7426 | |
356 | 7427 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
7428 void | |
7429 free_highlight() | |
7430 { | |
7431 int i; | |
7432 | |
7433 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
359 | 7434 { |
356 | 7435 highlight_clear(i); |
359 | 7436 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name); |
7437 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u); | |
7438 } | |
356 | 7439 ga_clear(&highlight_ga); |
7440 } | |
7441 #endif | |
7442 | |
7 | 7443 /* |
7444 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if | |
7445 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero. | |
7446 */ | |
7447 void | |
7448 restore_cterm_colors() | |
7449 { | |
7450 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) | |
7451 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user | |
7452 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default | |
7453 * background/foreground colors. */ | |
7454 mch_set_normal_colors(); | |
7455 #else | |
7456 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0; | |
7457 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0; | |
7458 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0; | |
7459 #endif | |
7460 } | |
7461 | |
7462 /* | |
7463 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings. | |
7464 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link. | |
7465 */ | |
7466 static int | |
7467 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link) | |
7468 int idx; | |
7469 int check_link; | |
7470 { | |
7471 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0 | |
7472 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0 | |
7473 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7474 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0 | |
7475 #endif | |
7476 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))); | |
7477 } | |
7478 | |
7479 /* | |
7480 * Clear highlighting for one group. | |
7481 */ | |
7482 static void | |
7483 highlight_clear(idx) | |
7484 int idx; | |
7485 { | |
7486 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0; | |
7487 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); | |
7488 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL; | |
7489 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); | |
7490 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL; | |
7491 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; | |
7492 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0; | |
7493 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; | |
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0; | |
7495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0; | |
7496 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; | |
7497 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ | |
7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0; | |
7499 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; | |
7500 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
7501 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; | |
7502 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; | |
7503 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
7504 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; | |
205 | 7505 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; |
7506 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); | |
7507 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; | |
7 | 7508 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); |
7509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
7510 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7511 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); | |
7512 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
7513 # endif | |
7514 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); | |
7515 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL; | |
7516 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; | |
7517 #endif | |
448 | 7518 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7519 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not | |
7520 * cleared. */ | |
7521 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0) | |
7522 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0; | |
7523 #endif | |
7 | 7524 } |
7525 | |
7526 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7527 /* | |
7528 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal" | |
2020 | 7529 * highlighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and |
7 | 7530 * "Tooltip" colors. |
7531 */ | |
7532 void | |
7533 set_normal_colors() | |
7534 { | |
7535 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal", | |
205 | 7536 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, |
7537 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE)) | |
7 | 7538 { |
7539 gui_mch_new_colors(); | |
7540 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7541 } | |
7542 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
7543 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu", | |
205 | 7544 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, |
7545 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE)) | |
7 | 7546 { |
7547 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
7548 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); | |
7549 # endif | |
7550 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7551 } | |
7552 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
7553 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip", | |
7554 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel, | |
7555 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) | |
7556 { | |
7557 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
7558 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); | |
7559 # endif | |
7560 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7561 } | |
7562 #endif | |
7563 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar", | |
205 | 7564 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, |
7565 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE)) | |
7 | 7566 { |
7567 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); | |
7568 must_redraw = CLEAR; | |
7569 } | |
7570 #endif | |
7571 } | |
7572 | |
7573 /* | |
7574 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar". | |
7575 */ | |
7576 static int | |
7577 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip) | |
7578 char_u *name; | |
7579 guicolor_T *fgp; | |
7580 guicolor_T *bgp; | |
7581 int do_menu; | |
7582 int use_norm; | |
7583 int do_tooltip; | |
7584 { | |
7585 int idx; | |
7586 | |
7587 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1; | |
7588 if (idx >= 0) | |
7589 { | |
7590 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip); | |
7591 | |
7592 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR) | |
7593 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg; | |
7594 else if (use_norm) | |
7595 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel; | |
7596 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR) | |
7597 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg; | |
7598 else if (use_norm) | |
7599 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel; | |
7600 return TRUE; | |
7601 } | |
7602 return FALSE; | |
7603 } | |
7604 | |
7605 /* | |
7606 * Get the font of the "Normal" group. | |
7607 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set. | |
7608 */ | |
7609 char_u * | |
7610 hl_get_font_name() | |
7611 { | |
7612 int id; | |
7613 char_u *s; | |
7614 | |
7615 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7616 if (id > 0) | |
7617 { | |
7618 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; | |
7619 if (s != NULL) | |
7620 return s; | |
7621 } | |
7622 return (char_u *)""; | |
7623 } | |
7624 | |
7625 /* | |
7626 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has | |
7627 * actually chosen to be used. | |
7628 */ | |
7629 void | |
7630 hl_set_font_name(font_name) | |
7631 char_u *font_name; | |
7632 { | |
7633 int id; | |
7634 | |
7635 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7636 if (id > 0) | |
7637 { | |
7638 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name); | |
7639 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name); | |
7640 } | |
7641 } | |
7642 | |
7643 /* | |
7644 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color() | |
7645 * when the color is known. | |
7646 */ | |
7647 void | |
7648 hl_set_bg_color_name(name) | |
7649 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ | |
7650 { | |
7651 int id; | |
7652 | |
7653 if (name != NULL) | |
7654 { | |
7655 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7656 if (id > 0) | |
7657 { | |
7658 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
7659 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name; | |
7660 } | |
7661 } | |
7662 } | |
7663 | |
7664 /* | |
7665 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color() | |
7666 * when the color is known. | |
7667 */ | |
7668 void | |
7669 hl_set_fg_color_name(name) | |
7670 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ | |
7671 { | |
7672 int id; | |
7673 | |
7674 if (name != NULL) | |
7675 { | |
7676 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); | |
7677 if (id > 0) | |
7678 { | |
7679 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
7680 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name; | |
7681 } | |
7682 } | |
7683 } | |
7684 | |
7685 /* | |
7686 * Return the handle for a color name. | |
7687 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
7688 */ | |
7689 static guicolor_T | |
7690 color_name2handle(name) | |
7691 char_u *name; | |
7692 { | |
7693 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7694 return INVALCOLOR; | |
7695 | |
7696 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0) | |
7697 return gui.norm_pixel; | |
7698 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0) | |
7699 return gui.back_pixel; | |
7700 | |
7701 return gui_get_color(name); | |
7702 } | |
7703 | |
7704 /* | |
7705 * Return the handle for a font name. | |
7706 * Returns NOFONT when failed. | |
7707 */ | |
7708 static GuiFont | |
7709 font_name2handle(name) | |
7710 char_u *name; | |
7711 { | |
7712 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7713 return NOFONT; | |
7714 | |
7715 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE); | |
7716 } | |
7717 | |
7718 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7719 /* | |
7720 * Return the handle for a fontset name. | |
7721 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed. | |
7722 */ | |
7723 static GuiFontset | |
7724 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width) | |
7725 char_u *name; | |
7726 int fixed_width; | |
7727 { | |
7728 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) | |
7729 return NOFONTSET; | |
7730 | |
7731 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width); | |
7732 } | |
7733 # endif | |
7734 | |
7735 /* | |
7736 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group. | |
7737 */ | |
7738 static void | |
7739 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip) | |
7740 int idx; | |
7741 char_u *arg; | |
1883 | 7742 int do_normal; /* set normal font */ |
7743 int do_menu UNUSED; /* set menu font */ | |
7744 int do_tooltip UNUSED; /* set tooltip font */ | |
7 | 7745 { |
7746 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
7747 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a | |
7748 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */ | |
7749 if (*p_guifontset != NUL | |
7750 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7751 || do_menu | |
7752 # endif | |
7753 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
7754 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */ | |
7755 || do_tooltip | |
7756 # endif | |
7757 ) | |
7758 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0 | |
7759 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7760 || do_menu | |
7761 # endif | |
7762 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
7763 || do_tooltip | |
7764 # endif | |
7765 ); | |
7766 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
7767 { | |
7768 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the | |
7769 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */ | |
7770 if (do_normal) | |
7771 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE); | |
7772 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
7773 if (do_menu) | |
7774 { | |
7775 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7776 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7777 # else | |
7778 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */ | |
7779 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7780 # endif | |
7781 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
7782 } | |
7783 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
7784 if (do_tooltip) | |
7785 { | |
7786 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between | |
7787 * displaying a single font and a fontset. | |
7788 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget | |
1222 | 7789 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an |
7 | 7790 * XFontStruct is used. |
7791 */ | |
7792 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; | |
7793 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font(); | |
7794 } | |
7795 # endif | |
7796 # endif | |
7797 } | |
7798 else | |
7799 # endif | |
7800 { | |
7801 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg); | |
7802 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the | |
7803 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */ | |
7804 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) | |
7805 { | |
7806 if (do_normal) | |
7807 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE); | |
7808 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS | |
7809 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
7810 if (do_menu) | |
7811 { | |
7812 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; | |
7813 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); | |
7814 } | |
7815 # endif | |
7816 #endif | |
7817 } | |
7818 } | |
7819 } | |
7820 | |
7821 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ | |
7822 | |
7823 /* | |
7824 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number. | |
7825 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the | |
7826 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer. | |
7827 */ | |
298 | 7828 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; |
7 | 7829 |
7830 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7831 | |
298 | 7832 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; |
7 | 7833 |
7834 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7835 | |
7836 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
298 | 7837 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; |
7 | 7838 |
7839 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] | |
7840 #endif | |
7841 | |
7842 /* | |
7843 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font. | |
7844 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table | |
7845 * if the combination is new. | |
7846 * Return 0 for error (no more room). | |
7847 */ | |
7848 static int | |
7849 get_attr_entry(table, aep) | |
7850 garray_T *table; | |
7851 attrentry_T *aep; | |
7852 { | |
7853 int i; | |
359 | 7854 attrentry_T *taep; |
7 | 7855 static int recursive = FALSE; |
7856 | |
7857 /* | |
7858 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet. | |
7859 */ | |
7860 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T); | |
7861 table->ga_growsize = 7; | |
7862 | |
7863 /* | |
7864 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications. | |
7865 */ | |
7866 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i) | |
7867 { | |
359 | 7868 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]); |
7869 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr | |
7 | 7870 && ( |
7871 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7872 (table == &gui_attr_table | |
359 | 7873 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color |
7874 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color | |
7875 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color | |
7876 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color | |
7877 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color | |
7878 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font | |
7 | 7879 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
359 | 7880 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset |
7 | 7881 # endif |
7882 )) | |
7883 || | |
7884 #endif | |
7885 (table == &term_attr_table | |
359 | 7886 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) |
7887 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) | |
7 | 7888 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL |
7889 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start, | |
359 | 7890 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0) |
7891 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) | |
7892 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) | |
7 | 7893 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL |
7894 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, | |
359 | 7895 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0)) |
7 | 7896 || (table == &cterm_attr_table |
359 | 7897 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
7898 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
7899 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color | |
7900 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
7 | 7901 )) |
7902 | |
7903 return i + ATTR_OFF; | |
7904 } | |
7905 | |
271 | 7906 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR) |
7 | 7907 { |
7908 /* | |
7909 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and | |
7910 * compute new ones for all groups. | |
7911 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers. | |
7912 */ | |
7913 if (recursive) | |
7914 { | |
7915 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use")); | |
7916 return 0; | |
7917 } | |
7918 recursive = TRUE; | |
7919 | |
359 | 7920 clear_hl_tables(); |
7921 | |
7 | 7922 must_redraw = CLEAR; |
7923 | |
7924 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
7925 set_hl_attr(i); | |
7926 | |
7927 recursive = FALSE; | |
7928 } | |
7929 | |
7930 /* | |
7931 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry. | |
7932 */ | |
7933 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL) | |
7934 return 0; | |
7935 | |
359 | 7936 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]); |
7937 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T)); | |
7938 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7 | 7939 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7940 if (table == &gui_attr_table) | |
7941 { | |
359 | 7942 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; |
7943 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; | |
7944 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; | |
7945 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; | |
7 | 7946 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
359 | 7947 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; |
7 | 7948 # endif |
7949 } | |
7950 #endif | |
7951 if (table == &term_attr_table) | |
7952 { | |
7953 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) | |
359 | 7954 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL; |
7 | 7955 else |
359 | 7956 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start); |
7 | 7957 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) |
359 | 7958 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL; |
7 | 7959 else |
359 | 7960 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop); |
7 | 7961 } |
7962 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table) | |
7963 { | |
359 | 7964 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; |
7965 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; | |
7 | 7966 } |
7967 ++table->ga_len; | |
7968 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF); | |
7969 } | |
7970 | |
359 | 7971 /* |
7972 * Clear all highlight tables. | |
7973 */ | |
7974 void | |
7975 clear_hl_tables() | |
7976 { | |
7977 int i; | |
7978 attrentry_T *taep; | |
7979 | |
7980 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7981 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table); | |
7982 #endif | |
7983 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i) | |
7984 { | |
7985 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]); | |
7986 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start); | |
7987 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
7988 } | |
7989 ga_clear(&term_attr_table); | |
7990 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table); | |
7991 } | |
7992 | |
745 | 7993 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
221 | 7994 /* |
348 | 7995 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes |
7996 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting). | |
7997 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr". | |
221 | 7998 * This creates a new group when required. |
7999 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the | |
8000 * result. | |
8001 * Return the resulting attributes. | |
8002 */ | |
8003 int | |
348 | 8004 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr) |
221 | 8005 int char_attr; |
348 | 8006 int prim_attr; |
221 | 8007 { |
8008 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL; | |
8009 attrentry_T *spell_aep; | |
8010 attrentry_T new_en; | |
8011 | |
8012 if (char_attr == 0) | |
348 | 8013 return prim_attr; |
8014 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL) | |
8015 return char_attr | prim_attr; | |
221 | 8016 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
8017 if (gui.in_use) | |
8018 { | |
8019 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) | |
8020 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr); | |
8021 if (char_aep != NULL) | |
8022 new_en = *char_aep; | |
8023 else | |
8024 { | |
8025 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); | |
548 | 8026 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR; |
8027 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR; | |
8028 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR; | |
221 | 8029 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) |
8030 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; | |
8031 } | |
8032 | |
348 | 8033 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) |
8034 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; | |
221 | 8035 else |
8036 { | |
348 | 8037 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr); |
221 | 8038 if (spell_aep != NULL) |
8039 { | |
8040 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; | |
8041 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR) | |
8042 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; | |
8043 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR) | |
8044 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; | |
8045 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR) | |
8046 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; | |
8047 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT) | |
8048 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font; | |
8049 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8050 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
8051 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; | |
8052 # endif | |
8053 } | |
8054 } | |
8055 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en); | |
8056 } | |
8057 #endif | |
8058 | |
8059 if (t_colors > 1) | |
8060 { | |
8061 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) | |
8062 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr); | |
8063 if (char_aep != NULL) | |
8064 new_en = *char_aep; | |
8065 else | |
8066 { | |
8067 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); | |
8068 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) | |
8069 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; | |
8070 } | |
8071 | |
348 | 8072 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) |
8073 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; | |
221 | 8074 else |
8075 { | |
348 | 8076 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr); |
221 | 8077 if (spell_aep != NULL) |
8078 { | |
8079 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; | |
8080 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0) | |
8081 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; | |
8082 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0) | |
8083 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; | |
8084 } | |
8085 } | |
8086 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en); | |
8087 } | |
8088 | |
8089 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) | |
8090 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr); | |
8091 if (char_aep != NULL) | |
8092 new_en = *char_aep; | |
8093 else | |
8094 { | |
8095 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); | |
8096 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) | |
8097 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; | |
8098 } | |
8099 | |
348 | 8100 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) |
8101 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; | |
221 | 8102 else |
8103 { | |
607 | 8104 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr); |
221 | 8105 if (spell_aep != NULL) |
8106 { | |
8107 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; | |
8108 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
8109 { | |
8110 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start; | |
8111 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop; | |
8112 } | |
8113 } | |
8114 } | |
8115 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en); | |
8116 } | |
8117 #endif | |
8118 | |
7 | 8119 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
8120 | |
8121 attrentry_T * | |
8122 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr) | |
8123 int attr; | |
8124 { | |
8125 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
8126 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
8127 return NULL; | |
8128 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
8129 } | |
8130 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ | |
8131 | |
745 | 8132 /* |
8133 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr. | |
8134 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL. | |
8135 */ | |
8136 int | |
8137 syn_attr2attr(attr) | |
8138 int attr; | |
8139 { | |
8140 attrentry_T *aep; | |
8141 | |
8142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8143 if (gui.in_use) | |
8144 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr); | |
8145 else | |
8146 #endif | |
8147 if (t_colors > 1) | |
8148 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
8149 else | |
8150 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
8151 | |
8152 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */ | |
8153 return 0; | |
8154 return aep->ae_attr; | |
8155 } | |
8156 | |
8157 | |
7 | 8158 attrentry_T * |
8159 syn_term_attr2entry(attr) | |
8160 int attr; | |
8161 { | |
8162 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
8163 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
8164 return NULL; | |
8165 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
8166 } | |
8167 | |
8168 attrentry_T * | |
8169 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr) | |
8170 int attr; | |
8171 { | |
8172 attr -= ATTR_OFF; | |
8173 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
8174 return NULL; | |
8175 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); | |
8176 } | |
8177 | |
8178 #define LIST_ATTR 1 | |
8179 #define LIST_STRING 2 | |
8180 #define LIST_INT 3 | |
8181 | |
8182 static void | |
8183 highlight_list_one(id) | |
8184 int id; | |
8185 { | |
8186 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8187 int didh = FALSE; | |
8188 | |
8189 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8190 | |
8191 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
8192 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term"); | |
8193 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
8194 0, sgp->sg_start, "start"); | |
8195 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
8196 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop"); | |
8197 | |
8198 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
8199 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm"); | |
8200 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, | |
8201 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg"); | |
8202 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, | |
8203 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg"); | |
8204 | |
8205 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8206 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, | |
8207 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui"); | |
8208 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
8209 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg"); | |
8210 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
8211 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg"); | |
8212 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
301 | 8213 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp"); |
8214 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, | |
7 | 8215 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font"); |
8216 #endif | |
8217 | |
448 | 8218 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int) |
7 | 8219 { |
8220 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id); | |
448 | 8221 didh = TRUE; |
7 | 8222 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D)); |
8223 msg_putchar(' '); | |
8224 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); | |
8225 } | |
448 | 8226 |
694 | 8227 if (!didh) |
8228 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", ""); | |
448 | 8229 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
694 | 8230 if (p_verbose > 0) |
448 | 8231 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID); |
8232 #endif | |
7 | 8233 } |
8234 | |
8235 static int | |
8236 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name) | |
8237 int id; | |
8238 int didh; | |
8239 int type; | |
8240 int iarg; | |
8241 char_u *sarg; | |
8242 char *name; | |
8243 { | |
8244 char_u buf[100]; | |
8245 char_u *ts; | |
8246 int i; | |
8247 | |
448 | 8248 if (got_int) |
8249 return FALSE; | |
7 | 8250 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0)) |
8251 { | |
8252 ts = buf; | |
8253 if (type == LIST_INT) | |
8254 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1); | |
8255 else if (type == LIST_STRING) | |
8256 ts = sarg; | |
8257 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */ | |
8258 { | |
8259 buf[0] = NUL; | |
8260 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i) | |
8261 { | |
8262 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i]) | |
8263 { | |
8264 if (buf[0] != NUL) | |
8265 STRCAT(buf, ","); | |
8266 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]); | |
8267 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */ | |
8268 } | |
8269 } | |
8270 } | |
8271 | |
8272 (void)syn_list_header(didh, | |
8273 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id); | |
8274 didh = TRUE; | |
448 | 8275 if (!got_int) |
8276 { | |
694 | 8277 if (*name != NUL) |
8278 { | |
8279 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
8280 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
8281 } | |
448 | 8282 msg_outtrans(ts); |
8283 } | |
7 | 8284 } |
8285 return didh; | |
8286 } | |
8287 | |
8288 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO) | |
8289 /* | |
8290 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag". | |
8291 * Return NULL otherwise. | |
8292 */ | |
8293 char_u * | |
8294 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec) | |
8295 int id; | |
8296 int flag; | |
8297 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ | |
8298 { | |
8299 int attr; | |
8300 | |
8301 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8302 return NULL; | |
8303 | |
8304 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8305 if (modec == 'g') | |
8306 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui; | |
8307 else | |
8308 #endif | |
8309 if (modec == 'c') | |
8310 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm; | |
8311 else | |
8312 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term; | |
8313 | |
8314 if (attr & flag) | |
8315 return (char_u *)"1"; | |
8316 return NULL; | |
8317 } | |
8318 #endif | |
8319 | |
8320 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO) | |
8321 /* | |
8322 * Return color name of highlight group "id". | |
8323 */ | |
8324 char_u * | |
8325 highlight_color(id, what, modec) | |
8326 int id; | |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8327 char_u *what; /* "font", "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */ |
7 | 8328 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ |
8329 { | |
8330 static char_u name[20]; | |
8331 int n; | |
205 | 8332 int fg = FALSE; |
8333 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8334 int sp = FALSE; | |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8335 int font = FALSE; |
205 | 8336 # endif |
7 | 8337 |
8338 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8339 return NULL; | |
8340 | |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8341 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g') |
7 | 8342 fg = TRUE; |
205 | 8343 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8344 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'o' |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8345 && TOLOWER_ASC(what[2]) == 'n' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[3]) == 't') |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8346 font = TRUE; |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8347 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'p') |
205 | 8348 sp = TRUE; |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8349 else if (!(TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'b' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g')) |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8350 return NULL; |
7 | 8351 if (modec == 'g') |
8352 { | |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8353 /* return font name */ |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8354 if (font) |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8355 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8356 |
7 | 8357 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */ |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8358 if (gui.in_use && what[2] == '#') |
7 | 8359 { |
8360 guicolor_T color; | |
8361 long_u rgb; | |
8362 static char_u buf[10]; | |
8363 | |
8364 if (fg) | |
8365 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
205 | 8366 else if (sp) |
8367 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; | |
7 | 8368 else |
8369 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
8370 if (color == INVALCOLOR) | |
8371 return NULL; | |
8372 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color); | |
8373 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", | |
8374 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16), | |
8375 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255, | |
8376 (unsigned)rgb & 255); | |
8377 return buf; | |
8378 } | |
8379 if (fg) | |
8380 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
205 | 8381 if (sp) |
8382 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name); | |
7 | 8383 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); |
8384 } | |
2106
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8385 if (font || sp) |
15674e198164
updated for version 7.2.389
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2100
diff
changeset
|
8386 return NULL; |
205 | 8387 # endif |
7 | 8388 if (modec == 'c') |
8389 { | |
8390 if (fg) | |
8391 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1; | |
8392 else | |
8393 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1; | |
8394 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n); | |
8395 return name; | |
8396 } | |
8397 /* term doesn't have color */ | |
8398 return NULL; | |
8399 } | |
8400 #endif | |
8401 | |
8402 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \ | |
8403 || defined(PROTO) | |
8404 /* | |
8405 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value. | |
8406 */ | |
8407 long_u | |
8408 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg) | |
8409 int id; | |
8410 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */ | |
8411 { | |
8412 guicolor_T color; | |
8413 | |
8414 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8415 return 0L; | |
8416 | |
8417 if (fg) | |
8418 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
8419 else | |
8420 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
8421 | |
8422 if (color == INVALCOLOR) | |
8423 return 0L; | |
8424 | |
8425 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color); | |
8426 } | |
8427 #endif | |
8428 | |
8429 /* | |
8430 * Output the syntax list header. | |
8431 * Return TRUE when started a new line. | |
8432 */ | |
8433 static int | |
8434 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id) | |
8435 int did_header; /* did header already */ | |
8436 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */ | |
8437 int id; /* highlight group id */ | |
8438 { | |
8439 int endcol = 19; | |
8440 int newline = TRUE; | |
8441 | |
8442 if (!did_header) | |
8443 { | |
8444 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
448 | 8445 if (got_int) |
8446 return TRUE; | |
7 | 8447 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name); |
8448 endcol = 15; | |
8449 } | |
8450 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns) | |
448 | 8451 { |
7 | 8452 msg_putchar('\n'); |
448 | 8453 if (got_int) |
8454 return TRUE; | |
8455 } | |
7 | 8456 else |
8457 { | |
8458 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */ | |
8459 newline = FALSE; | |
8460 } | |
8461 | |
8462 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ | |
8463 endcol = msg_col + 1; | |
8464 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ | |
8465 endcol = Columns - 1; | |
8466 | |
8467 msg_advance(endcol); | |
8468 | |
8469 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */ | |
8470 if (!did_header) | |
8471 { | |
8472 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id)); | |
8473 msg_putchar(' '); | |
8474 } | |
8475 | |
8476 return newline; | |
8477 } | |
8478 | |
8479 /* | |
8480 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group. | |
8481 * Called after one of the attributes has changed. | |
8482 */ | |
8483 static void | |
8484 set_hl_attr(idx) | |
8485 int idx; /* index in array */ | |
8486 { | |
8487 attrentry_T at_en; | |
8488 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx; | |
8489 | |
8490 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */ | |
8491 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) | |
8492 return; | |
8493 | |
8494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8495 /* | |
8496 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting | |
8497 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
8498 */ | |
8499 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR | |
8500 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR | |
205 | 8501 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR |
7 | 8502 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT |
8503 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8504 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET | |
8505 # endif | |
8506 ) | |
8507 { | |
8508 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui; | |
8509 } | |
8510 else | |
8511 { | |
8512 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui; | |
8513 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg; | |
8514 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg; | |
205 | 8515 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp; |
7 | 8516 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font; |
8517 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
8518 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset; | |
8519 # endif | |
8520 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en); | |
8521 } | |
8522 #endif | |
8523 /* | |
8524 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting | |
8525 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
8526 */ | |
8527 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL) | |
8528 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term; | |
8529 else | |
8530 { | |
8531 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term; | |
8532 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start; | |
8533 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop; | |
8534 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en); | |
8535 } | |
8536 | |
8537 /* | |
8538 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal" | |
8539 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number. | |
8540 */ | |
8541 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0) | |
8542 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; | |
8543 else | |
8544 { | |
8545 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; | |
8546 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg; | |
8547 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg; | |
8548 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en); | |
8549 } | |
8550 } | |
8551 | |
8552 /* | |
8553 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID. | |
8554 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. | |
8555 */ | |
8556 int | |
8557 syn_name2id(name) | |
8558 char_u *name; | |
8559 { | |
8560 int i; | |
8561 char_u name_u[200]; | |
8562 | |
8563 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ | |
8564 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars | |
8565 * don't deserve to be found! */ | |
419 | 8566 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199); |
7 | 8567 vim_strup(name_u); |
8568 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) | |
8569 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL | |
8570 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0) | |
8571 break; | |
8572 return i + 1; | |
8573 } | |
8574 | |
8575 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
8576 /* | |
8577 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists. | |
8578 */ | |
8579 int | |
8580 highlight_exists(name) | |
8581 char_u *name; | |
8582 { | |
8583 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0); | |
8584 } | |
819 | 8585 |
8586 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
8587 /* | |
8588 * Return the name of highlight group "id". | |
8589 * When not a valid ID return an empty string. | |
8590 */ | |
8591 char_u * | |
8592 syn_id2name(id) | |
8593 int id; | |
8594 { | |
1326 | 8595 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) |
819 | 8596 return (char_u *)""; |
8597 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name; | |
8598 } | |
8599 # endif | |
7 | 8600 #endif |
8601 | |
8602 /* | |
8603 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. | |
8604 */ | |
8605 int | |
8606 syn_namen2id(linep, len) | |
8607 char_u *linep; | |
8608 int len; | |
8609 { | |
8610 char_u *name; | |
8611 int id = 0; | |
8612 | |
8613 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); | |
8614 if (name != NULL) | |
8615 { | |
8616 id = syn_name2id(name); | |
8617 vim_free(name); | |
8618 } | |
8619 return id; | |
8620 } | |
8621 | |
8622 /* | |
8623 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID. | |
8624 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. | |
8625 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. | |
8626 * Return 0 for failure. | |
8627 */ | |
8628 int | |
8629 syn_check_group(pp, len) | |
8630 char_u *pp; | |
8631 int len; | |
8632 { | |
8633 int id; | |
8634 char_u *name; | |
8635 | |
8636 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); | |
8637 if (name == NULL) | |
8638 return 0; | |
8639 | |
8640 id = syn_name2id(name); | |
8641 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ | |
8642 id = syn_add_group(name); | |
8643 else | |
8644 vim_free(name); | |
8645 return id; | |
8646 } | |
8647 | |
8648 /* | |
8649 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID. | |
8650 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. | |
8651 * Return 0 for failure. | |
8652 */ | |
8653 static int | |
8654 syn_add_group(name) | |
8655 char_u *name; | |
8656 { | |
8657 char_u *p; | |
8658 | |
8659 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */ | |
8660 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
8661 { | |
8662 if (!vim_isprintc(*p)) | |
8663 { | |
8664 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name")); | |
2020 | 8665 vim_free(name); |
7 | 8666 return 0; |
8667 } | |
8668 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_') | |
8669 { | |
8670 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only | |
8671 * give a warning. */ | |
16 | 8672 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
7 | 8673 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name")); |
8674 break; | |
8675 } | |
8676 } | |
8677 | |
8678 /* | |
8679 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. | |
8680 */ | |
8681 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL) | |
8682 { | |
8683 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group); | |
8684 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10; | |
8685 } | |
8686 | |
8687 /* | |
8688 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry. | |
8689 */ | |
8690 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
8691 { | |
8692 vim_free(name); | |
8693 return 0; | |
8694 } | |
8695 | |
8696 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
8697 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name; | |
8698 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); | |
8699 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8700 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; | |
8701 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; | |
205 | 8702 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; |
7 | 8703 #endif |
8704 ++highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
8705 | |
8706 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */ | |
8707 } | |
8708 | |
8709 /* | |
8710 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this | |
8711 * function deletes the new name. | |
8712 */ | |
8713 static void | |
8714 syn_unadd_group() | |
8715 { | |
8716 --highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
8717 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name); | |
8718 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u); | |
8719 } | |
8720 | |
8721 /* | |
8722 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes. | |
8723 */ | |
8724 int | |
8725 syn_id2attr(hl_id) | |
8726 int hl_id; | |
8727 { | |
8728 int attr; | |
8729 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8730 | |
8731 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); | |
8732 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8733 | |
8734 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8735 /* | |
8736 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used. | |
8737 */ | |
8738 if (gui.in_use) | |
8739 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr; | |
8740 else | |
8741 #endif | |
8742 if (t_colors > 1) | |
8743 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr; | |
8744 else | |
8745 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr; | |
8746 | |
8747 return attr; | |
8748 } | |
8749 | |
8750 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8751 /* | |
8752 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID. | |
8753 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise. | |
8754 */ | |
8755 int | |
8756 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp) | |
8757 int hl_id; | |
8758 guicolor_T *fgp; | |
8759 guicolor_T *bgp; | |
8760 { | |
8761 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8762 | |
8763 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); | |
8764 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8765 | |
8766 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg; | |
8767 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg; | |
8768 return sgp->sg_gui; | |
8769 } | |
8770 #endif | |
8771 | |
8772 /* | |
8773 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links). | |
8774 */ | |
8775 int | |
8776 syn_get_final_id(hl_id) | |
8777 int hl_id; | |
8778 { | |
8779 int count; | |
8780 struct hl_group *sgp; | |
8781 | |
8782 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1) | |
8783 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */ | |
8784 | |
8785 /* | |
8786 * Follow links until there is no more. | |
8787 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links. | |
8788 */ | |
8789 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; ) | |
8790 { | |
8791 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ | |
8792 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
8793 break; | |
8794 hl_id = sgp->sg_link; | |
8795 } | |
8796 | |
8797 return hl_id; | |
8798 } | |
8799 | |
8800 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8801 /* | |
8802 * Call this function just after the GUI has started. | |
8803 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups. | |
8804 */ | |
8805 void | |
8806 highlight_gui_started() | |
8807 { | |
8808 int idx; | |
8809 | |
8810 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */ | |
8811 set_normal_colors(); | |
8812 | |
8813 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
8814 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE); | |
8815 | |
8816 highlight_changed(); | |
8817 } | |
8818 | |
8819 static void | |
8820 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip) | |
8821 int idx; | |
8822 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */ | |
8823 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */ | |
8824 { | |
8825 int didit = FALSE; | |
8826 | |
8827 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL) | |
8828 { | |
8829 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu, | |
8830 do_tooltip); | |
8831 didit = TRUE; | |
8832 } | |
8833 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL) | |
8834 { | |
8835 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = | |
8836 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); | |
8837 didit = TRUE; | |
8838 } | |
8839 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL) | |
8840 { | |
8841 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = | |
8842 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); | |
8843 didit = TRUE; | |
8844 } | |
205 | 8845 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL) |
8846 { | |
8847 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = | |
8848 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); | |
8849 didit = TRUE; | |
8850 } | |
7 | 8851 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */ |
8852 set_hl_attr(idx); | |
8853 } | |
8854 | |
8855 #endif | |
8856 | |
8857 /* | |
8858 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and | |
8859 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of | |
8860 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed. | |
8861 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first | |
8862 * screen redraw after any :highlight command. | |
8863 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise. | |
8864 */ | |
8865 int | |
8866 highlight_changed() | |
8867 { | |
8868 int hlf; | |
8869 int i; | |
8870 char_u *p; | |
8871 int attr; | |
8872 char_u *end; | |
8873 int id; | |
8874 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT | |
8875 char_u userhl[10]; | |
8876 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8877 int id_SNC = -1; | |
8878 int id_S = -1; | |
8879 int hlcnt; | |
8880 # endif | |
8881 #endif | |
8882 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS; | |
8883 | |
8884 need_highlight_changed = FALSE; | |
8885 | |
8886 /* | |
8887 * Clear all attributes. | |
8888 */ | |
8889 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) | |
8890 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0; | |
8891 | |
8892 /* | |
8893 * First set all attributes to their default value. | |
8894 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option. | |
8895 */ | |
8896 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) | |
8897 { | |
8898 if (i) | |
8899 p = p_hl; | |
8900 else | |
8901 p = get_highlight_default(); | |
8902 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
8903 continue; | |
8904 | |
8905 while (*p) | |
8906 { | |
8907 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) | |
8908 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p) | |
8909 break; | |
8910 ++p; | |
8911 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL) | |
8912 return FAIL; | |
8913 | |
8914 /* | |
8915 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for | |
8916 * bold-underlined. | |
8917 */ | |
8918 attr = 0; | |
8919 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */ | |
8920 { | |
8921 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */ | |
8922 continue; | |
8923 | |
8924 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */ | |
8925 return FAIL; | |
8926 | |
8927 switch (*p) | |
8928 { | |
8929 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD; | |
8930 break; | |
8931 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC; | |
8932 break; | |
8933 case '-': | |
8934 case 'n': /* no highlighting */ | |
8935 break; | |
8936 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE; | |
8937 break; | |
8938 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT; | |
8939 break; | |
8940 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; | |
8941 break; | |
205 | 8942 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL; |
8943 break; | |
7 | 8944 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */ |
8945 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */ | |
8946 return FAIL; | |
8947 end = vim_strchr(p, ','); | |
8948 if (end == NULL) | |
8949 end = p + STRLEN(p); | |
8950 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p)); | |
8951 if (id == 0) | |
8952 return FAIL; | |
8953 attr = syn_id2attr(id); | |
8954 p = end - 1; | |
8955 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT) | |
8956 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC) | |
8957 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id); | |
8958 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S) | |
8959 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id); | |
8960 #endif | |
8961 break; | |
8962 default: return FAIL; | |
8963 } | |
8964 } | |
8965 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr; | |
8966 | |
8967 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */ | |
8968 } | |
8969 } | |
8970 | |
8971 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT | |
8972 /* Setup the user highlights | |
8973 * | |
8974 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there | |
8975 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry() | |
8976 */ | |
8977 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8978 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL) | |
8979 return FAIL; | |
8980 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len; | |
8981 if (id_S == 0) | |
8982 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */ | |
8983 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
8984 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S]; | |
8985 id_S = hlcnt + 10; | |
8986 } | |
8987 # endif | |
8988 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) | |
8989 { | |
8990 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1); | |
8991 id = syn_name2id(userhl); | |
8992 if (id == 0) | |
8993 { | |
8994 highlight_user[i] = 0; | |
8995 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
8996 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0; | |
8997 # endif | |
8998 } | |
8999 else | |
9000 { | |
9001 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
9002 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE(); | |
9003 # endif | |
9004 | |
9005 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id); | |
9006 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
9007 if (id_SNC == 0) | |
9008 { | |
9009 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
9010 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
9011 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
9012 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9013 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; | |
9014 # endif | |
9015 } | |
9016 else | |
9017 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i], | |
9018 &hlt[id_SNC - 1], | |
9019 sizeof(struct hl_group)); | |
9020 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0; | |
9021 | |
9022 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */ | |
9023 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^= | |
9024 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term; | |
9025 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start) | |
9026 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start; | |
9027 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop) | |
9028 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop; | |
9029 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^= | |
9030 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm; | |
9031 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg) | |
9032 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg; | |
9033 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg) | |
9034 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg; | |
9035 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9036 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^= | |
9037 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui; | |
9038 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg) | |
9039 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; | |
9040 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg) | |
9041 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; | |
205 | 9042 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp) |
9043 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; | |
7 | 9044 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font) |
9045 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font; | |
9046 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
9047 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset) | |
9048 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset; | |
9049 # endif | |
9050 # endif | |
9051 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1; | |
9052 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */ | |
9053 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1); | |
9054 # endif | |
9055 } | |
9056 } | |
9057 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
9058 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt; | |
9059 # endif | |
9060 | |
9061 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */ | |
9062 | |
9063 return OK; | |
9064 } | |
9065 | |
1322 | 9066 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 9067 |
9068 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void)); | |
9069 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr)); | |
9070 | |
9071 /* | |
9072 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command. | |
9073 */ | |
9074 void | |
9075 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg) | |
9076 expand_T *xp; | |
9077 char_u *arg; | |
9078 { | |
9079 char_u *p; | |
9080 | |
9081 /* Default: expand group names */ | |
9082 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
9083 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
1322 | 9084 include_link = 2; |
9085 include_default = 1; | |
7 | 9086 |
9087 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ | |
9088 if (*arg != NUL) | |
9089 { | |
9090 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
9091 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */ | |
9092 { | |
1322 | 9093 include_default = 0; |
7 | 9094 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0) |
9095 { | |
9096 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
9097 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
9098 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
9099 } | |
9100 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */ | |
9101 { | |
1322 | 9102 include_link = 0; |
7 | 9103 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N') |
9104 highlight_list(); | |
9105 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0 | |
9106 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0) | |
9107 { | |
9108 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
9109 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); | |
9110 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */ | |
9111 { | |
9112 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); | |
9113 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); | |
9114 } | |
9115 } | |
9116 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */ | |
9117 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
9118 } | |
9119 } | |
9120 } | |
9121 } | |
9122 | |
9123 /* | |
9124 * List highlighting matches in a nice way. | |
9125 */ | |
9126 static void | |
9127 highlight_list() | |
9128 { | |
9129 int i; | |
9130 | |
9131 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; ) | |
9132 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D)); | |
9133 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; ) | |
9134 highlight_list_two(99, 0); | |
9135 } | |
9136 | |
9137 static void | |
9138 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr) | |
9139 int cnt; | |
9140 int attr; | |
9141 { | |
9142 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr); | |
9143 msg_clr_eos(); | |
9144 out_flush(); | |
9145 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE); | |
9146 } | |
9147 | |
9148 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ | |
9149 | |
9150 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \ | |
9151 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
9152 /* | |
9153 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names. | |
9154 * Also used for synIDattr() function. | |
9155 */ | |
9156 char_u * | |
9157 get_highlight_name(xp, idx) | |
1883 | 9158 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
7 | 9159 int idx; |
9160 { | |
9161 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
1322 | 9162 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0) |
9163 return (char_u *)"none"; | |
9164 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0) | |
9165 return (char_u *)"default"; | |
9166 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default | |
9167 && include_link != 0) | |
7 | 9168 return (char_u *)"link"; |
1322 | 9169 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1 |
9170 && include_link != 0) | |
7 | 9171 return (char_u *)"clear"; |
9172 #endif | |
9173 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len) | |
9174 return NULL; | |
9175 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name; | |
9176 } | |
9177 #endif | |
9178 | |
1322 | 9179 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 9180 /* |
9181 * Free all the highlight group fonts. | |
9182 * Used when quitting for systems which need it. | |
9183 */ | |
9184 void | |
9185 free_highlight_fonts() | |
9186 { | |
9187 int idx; | |
9188 | |
9189 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) | |
9190 { | |
9191 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); | |
9192 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; | |
9193 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
9194 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); | |
9195 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
9196 # endif | |
9197 } | |
9198 | |
9199 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); | |
9200 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
9201 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); | |
9202 # endif | |
9203 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
9204 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font); | |
9205 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font); | |
9206 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font); | |
9207 # endif | |
9208 } | |
9209 #endif | |
9210 | |
9211 /************************************** | |
9212 * End of Highlighting stuff * | |
9213 **************************************/ |